0% found this document useful (0 votes)

635 views264 pages

Professional 5 M-Code List: Applicable Models All Models

This document provides a list of M codes for a machine tool control system. It includes over 200 M codes that control functions like spindle control, tool changes, coolant control, axis mirroring, and more. Notes are provided on usage of certain M codes and reservations of codes for custom macros or future use. The M codes are organized in a table with code number and function description.

Uploaded by

nickcoptil

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

635 views264 pages

Professional 5 M-Code List: Applicable Models All Models

Uploaded by

nickcoptil

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 264

PROFESSIONAL 5

M-CODE LIST

Applicable Models

All Models

Original instructions No.0584J-1405EN

Contents

No.0584J-1405EN 1
Contents

Contents
1. List of M Codes
1.1 Notes on this M Code List ....................................................... 1-2
1.2 List of M Codes ....................................................................... 1-3

2. Specification of M Codes
2.1 Specification ............................................................................ 2-2

3. Index

4. Appendix
4.1 History of M Code List............................................................. 4-2

2 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes

1. List of M Codes

List of M Codes

No.0584J-1405EN 1-1
List of M Codes
Notes on this M Code List

1.1 Notes on this M Code List

This M code list describes all M codes. Please note that there are some M codes that
cannot be used depending upon the machine specifications and options that are
provided.

G4 P__; cannot be used for read-ahead control with FS30i/FS31i. Use G53 instead of
G4 P__;.

Use M3000 – 3099 when registering user M codes to perform macro program call or
sub-program call with M codes.
These M codes cannot be used in the future with the Professional 5 system.
When using M codes other than M3000 – 3099, there is the possibility that functions
(M codes) that are added later cannot be used.

This manual contains standard M code numbers, but does not reflect customized ones
if changed by customer request.

1-2 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

1.2 List of M Codes

M0 Program Stop
M1 Optional Stop
M2 End of Program
M3 Spindle Start in CW Direction
M4 Spindle Start in CCW Direction

List of M Codes
M5 Spindle Stop
M6 Automatic Tool Change
M7 Air Blow ON
M8 Nozzle Coolant ON
M9 Coolant OFF
M10 4th Axis Clamp
M11 4th Axis Unclamp
M12 5th Axis Clamp
M13 5th Axis Unclamp
M14 BTS Arm Advance, Tool Length Sensor Cover Open
M15 Index Table Reverse
M16 4th Axis Mirror Image ON
M18 BTS Arm Retract, Tool Length Sensor Cover Close
M19 Spindle Orientation Stop
M20 Broken Tool Sensor Check
M21 X Axis Mirror Image ON
M22 Y Axis Mirror Image ON
M23 Mirror Image OFF
M26 Through Spindle Coolant ON
M27 Tap Oil Mist/Jet Mode ON
M28 Through Tool Air ON
M29 Unconditional Power Out
M30 End of Machining Program and Repeat
M31 Auto Workpiece Measuring Mode
M32 Auto Tool Length Measuring Mode
M33 Tool Length Sensor Unit Circuit Check
M34 Auto Workpiece Measurement / Spare Tool Call
M35 Auto Workpiece Measurement / Pallet Unload
M36 Prior Tool Check
M37 Tool Data Register Mode OFF
M38 AC/SL Data Temporary Alteration Mode ON
M39 AC/SL Data Temporary Alteration Mode OFF
M41 SL Coefficient Setting 125%
M42 SL Coefficient Setting 150%
M43 SL Coefficient Setting 200%
M44 SL and AC Coefficient 0%
M45 Tool Length Sensor Unit Circuit Check

No.0584J-1405EN 1-3
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M46 SL Lower Limit Coefficient Setting 125%

M47 SL Lower Limit Coefficient Setting 0%
M48 Cutting Feed Override Enable
M49 Cutting Feed Override Disable
M50 AC Coefficient 100%, SL Coefficient 200%
M51 Auto Reject Mode ON (M52 Mode Cancel)
M52 Auto Reject Mode OFF (Workpiece Not Unloaded at Alarm)
M54 Tool Offset Negative Value Register Mode
M56 Tool Offset Data Transfer Command
M57 Tool No. Register Mode
M58 Spindle Speed Override Enable
M59 Spindle Speed Override Disable
M60 Pallet Change
M60 Pallet Change
M60 Pallet Change
M60 Pallet Change
M60 Pallet Change
M61 Pallet Change
M61 Pallet Change
M62 Pallet Change
M62 Pallet Change
M62 Pallet Change
M62 Pallet Change
M62 Pallet Change
M62 Pallet Change
M63 Pallet Change
M63 Pallet Change
M63 Pallet Change
M63 Pallet Change
M63 Pallet Change
M64 Pallet Change
M64 Pallet Change
M64 Pallet Change
M64 Pallet Change
M64 Pallet Change
M64 Pallet Change
M65 Pallet Change
M65 Pallet Change
M65 Pallet Change
M65 Pallet Change
M65 Pallet Change
M65 Pallet Change
M66 Pallet Change
M66 Pallet Change
M66 Pallet Change

1-4 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M66 Pallet Change

M67 Pallet Change
M68 Internal use M code
M69 Pallet Ready Not Checked at M60
M74 Custom Macro Interruption Invalid
M75 Custom Macro Interruption Valid
M77 Through Spindle Air ON
M78 Signal Lamp 1 ON with No Ready Pallet

List of M Codes
M79 Signal Lamp 2 ON with No Ready Pallet
M80 Pallet Change
M80 Pallet Change
M84 Pallet 1 Load Check
M85 Auto Measuring Approach Mode
M86 Auto Measuring Rapid Mode
M88 APC (AWC) Shutter/Operator Door Open
M88 Right Side Door Open
M89 APC (AWC) Shutter/Operator Door Close
M89 Right Side Door Close
M94 Tool Data Delete Mode ON
M95 Pallet 2 Load Check
M96 Through Tool Coolant ON
M96 Programmable Cooalnt Nozzle ON
M97 Overhead Shower Coolant ON
M98 Sub Program Call
M99 Return to Main Program
M100 Cleaning Air OFF
M101 Cleaning Air ON
M102 Direct Spare Tool Change Mode Check
M105 Direct Spare Tool Change
M106 Direct Spare Tool Change Mode OFF
M107 Direct Spare Tool Change Mode ON
M110 6th Axis Clamp
M111 6th Axis Unclamp
M118 FT Function OFF
M119 FT Function ON
M122 U Axis Mode OFF
M123 U Axis Mode ON
M124 U Axis Emergency Mode ON
M125 Program Search
M126 Metric Input Check
M127 Inch Input Check
M128 Inch / Metric Input Check End
M129 Quadrant Glitch Fine Tuning Mode Change
M130 Override for Tool OFF
M131 Override for Tool ON

No.0584J-1405EN 1-5
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M132 Feed rate Override 100% or Less

M135 Rigid Tap Mode ON
M136 Output Machine Condition to Macro Variable
M138 5th Axis Mirror Image ON
M139 6th Axis Mirror Image ON
M140 First Block Skip ON
M141 First Block Skip OFF
M142 First Block Skip Return
M150 Block Skip 2 to 9 OFF
M152 Block Skip 2 ON
M153 Block Skip 3 ON
M154 Block Skip 4 ON
M155 Block Skip 5 ON
M156 Block Skip 6 ON
M157 Block Skip 7 ON
M158 Block Skip 8 ON
M159 Block Skip 9 ON
M165 BIG PLUS Holder Mode
M166 BT Holder Mode
M167 Attachment Spindle Mode
M168 Main Spindle Mode
M172 Rapid Feed Speed Limitation Mode Setting
N173 Enable IAC
M174 Rapid Override Limitation
M175 Cutting Override Limitation
M176 Override Limitation Release
M177 Write NC Parameter
M178 Disable IAC
M179 Enable IAC
M186 Count Sum of Machined Parts
M187 Dry Run ON
M188 Dry Run OFF
M194 Count Disable ON
M195 Count Disable OFF
M198 Subprogram Call from External I/O Device
M200 X axis Mirror Image On
M201 X axis Mirror Image Off
M202 Y axis Mirror Image On
M203 Y axis Mirror Image Off
M204 AC Mode OFF
M205 AC Mode ON
M206 Study Mode OFF
M207 Study Mode ON
M208 Rapid Override Switch Check Function Off
M209 Rapid Override Switch Check Function On

1-6 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M223 Gravity Axis Lifting Up Function On

M224 Gravity Axis Lifting Up Function Off
M226 Machining Result Record Stop
M227 Machining Result Record Start
M228 Buzzer ON
M229 Buzzer OFF
M235 TL Mode OFF
M236 TL Mode ON

List of M Codes
M237 SL Upper Mode OFF
M238 SL Upper Mode ON
M240 ATCBTS Check Action
M241 ATCBTS Retracted
M243 ATCBTS Check
M246 Tool Measuring Sensor Y-Axis Direction
M247 Tool Measuring Sensor X-Axis Direction
M250 GI/Super-GI High Accuracy Mode
M251 GI/Super-GI High Performance Mode
M252 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Accuracy Mode
M253 GI/Super-GI High Accuracy Mode for Contouring with Rotary Axes
M253 GI/Super-GI High Accuracy Mode
M254 GI/Super-GI Special Mode
M254 GI/Super-GI Extra Super-High Accuracy Mode
M255 GI/Super-GI Radical Mode
M256 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Performance Mode
M256 GI/Super-GI Hybrid Mode
M257 GI/Super-GI High Performance Mode for Contouring with Rotary
Axes
M257 GI/Super-GI High Performance Mode
M258 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Performance Mode for Contouring with
Rotary Axes
M258 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Accuracy Mode
M259 GI Initial Mode
M266 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Performance for Contouring With Rotary
Axes Mode
M270 Non Contact Type Spindle Measurement
M276 Extend Stroke Change Signal OFF
M277 Extend Stroke Change Signal ON
M281 Signal light effective mode OFF
M282 Signal light effective mode ON
M283 SL Lower Limit Mode OFF
M284 SL Lower Limit Mode ON
M291 Floating M Code Change Prohibition Mode OFF
M292 Floating M Code Change Prohibition Mode ON
M294 Machining Finish Information
M295 Macro Variable Output Group Data Output

No.0584J-1405EN 1-7
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M296 Macro Variable Output Group Data Setting

M297 Tool Machining Finish
M299 Machine Data File Save
M302 M303 or M304 Completion (Spindle Speed) Check
M303 Rotate Spindle CW and Start Next Block before Spindle Reaches
Specified Speed
M304 Rotate Spindle CCW and Start Next Block before Spindle Reaches
Specified Speed
M307 Stop Coolant and Spindle & Record
M308 Recover Coolant and Spindle
M310 Record Spindle Status & Stop
M311 Resume Spindle
M312 Stop Coolant & Record
M313 Recover Coolant
M314 Pre-Measurement Spindle Rotation
M315 Oil Controller OFF
M316 Oil Controller ON
M317 Spindle Rotation for Alignment
M318 Spindle Orientation at Externally Specified Angle
M319 Pre-Orientation & Coolant Stop
M319 Pre-Orientation & Coolant Stop
M319 Pre-Orientation & Coolant Stop
M322 Spindle Rotation for Measuring
M325 Cs Axis Contouring Mode OFF
M326 Cs Axis Contouring Mode ON
M327 Spindle Unlock
M327 Clamper Retract
M328 Spindle Lock
M328 Clamper Advance
M330 Spindle Reverse Orientation at Externally Specified Angle
M331 Draw Bar Probe Retract
M332 Draw Bar Probe Advance
M337 Dresser Stop
M338 Dresser Forward
M339 Dresser Reverse
M340 Attachment Change Start
M341 AAC Splashguard Open & AAC Advance
M342 M Code for AAC
M343 M Code for AAC
M344 AAC Retract & AAC Splashguard Close
M346 Spindle Attachment Mount Check
M347 Spindle Attachment Dismount Check
M359 Work information output
M371 Pre-Clamp (NC Index)
M372 Pre-Unclamp (NC Index)

1-8 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M373 Clamp Confirmation (NC Index)

M375 Table Dresser Solenoid Stop
M376 Table Dresser Solenoid Start
M377 Tool Measuring Laser OFF
M378 Tool Measuring Laser ON
M381 Angle Head Support Retract
M382 Angle Head Support Advance
M387 Vacuum Suction ON

List of M Codes
M388 Vacuum Suction OFF
M389 Tailstock Pressure Change
M390 Spindle Tool Clamp
M391 Spindle Tool Unclamp
M392 Spindle Tool Unclamp Preparation
M394 Attachment Change End
M398 Through Spindle Mist ON
M399 Mist Blow ON
M406 Work Data Register Mode
M407 Spindle Monitor Record Mode Off
M408 Spindle Monitor Record mode On
M409 Vacuum Pump Off
M410 Vacuum Pump On
M412 Vacuum Device OFF
M413 Vacuum Device ON
M417 Machine Table Pallet 1 Check
M418 Machine Table Pallet 2 Check
M419 Machine Table Pallet Check End
M430 Pallet Seating Check
M433 BTS LS300 OFF Check
M434 Tool Data BT Flag Check
M435 ATCBTS Operation Mode Specified
M436 Signal Lamp 1 Unconditional ON
M437 Signal Lamp 2 Unconditional ON
M441 Message Output Function
M448 Tool Data Register Mode (Type1)
M449 Tool Data Register Mode (Type2)
M450 Setting Tool Magazine No. used in Tool Data Registration Mode
M451 Tool Cutter No. Setting
M455 Machining Signal OFF
M456 Machining Signal ON
M457 Spindle Speed Output to Macro
M460 Tool Run Out Measurement
M461 Tool Run Out Measurement Base Data Registration
M462 Pallet No. Output to Macro
M463 Print-out Mode Output
M464 Spindle Tool No. Output to Macro

No.0584J-1405EN 1-9
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M465 Spindle Tool No. 0 Output to Macro

M466 Macro Variable (#100) Read
M468 Attachment No. Output to Macro (#100)
M469 TL Alarm Suspension Mode ON
M470 Metallic Cutting Mode OFF
M471 Metallic Cutting Mode ON
M474 Next Tool No. Output to Macro
M480 Macro Variables Reading Request to MOS
M483 Machine Data Output to Macro Variable
M486 Tailstock Retract
M487 Tailstock Advance
M488 Tailstock Position Retract
M489 Tailstock Position Advance
M492 First Use Check Request
M500 Washing Robot Start
M501 Washing Robot Stop
M502 Washing Robot Forced End
M503 Washing Robot Reference Position Confirmation
M504 Washing Robot Coolant OFF
M505 Washing Robot Coolant ON
M507 Open ATC Shutter and Start Next Block before Shutter is Fully Open
M510 Table Side JIG Neutral
M511 Table Side JIG Unclamp
M512 Table Side JIG Clamp
M513 Table Side Work Seating Confirm
M520 Work Unclamp
M521 Work Clamp
M530 M Code for JIG Interface
M531 M Code for JIG Interface
M532 M Code for JIG Interface
M533 M Code for JIG Interface
M534 M Code for JIG Interface
M535 M Code for JIG Interface
M536 M Code for JIG Interface
M537 M Code for JIG Interface
M538 M Code for JIG Interface
M539 M Code for JIG Interface
M548 M Code for ATC
M549 M Code for ATC
M550 M Code for ATC
M551 M Code for ATC
M552 M Code for ATC
M553 M Code for ATC
M554 M Code for ATC
M555 M Code for ATC

1-10 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M556 M Code for ATC

M557 M Code for ATC
M558 M Code for ATC
M559 M Code for ATC
M580 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M581 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M582 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M583 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

List of M Codes
M584 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M585 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M586 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M587 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M588 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M589 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M590 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M591 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M592 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M593 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M594 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M595 M Code for Special User I/O Interface
M600 Internal use M code
M601 Internal use M code
M602 Internal use M code
M603 Internal use M code
M604 Work Chuck Clamp
M605 Work Chuck Unclamp
M606 WSS Pallet (Workpiece) Loading
M606 WSS Pallet (Workpiece) Loading
M607 WSS Pallet (Workpiece) Unloading
M607 WSS Pallet (Workpiece) Unloading
M608 Individual Pallet Loading
M608 Individual Pallet Loading
M608 Individual Pallet Loading
M608 Individual Pallet Loading
M608 Individual Pallet Loading
M608 Individual Pallet Loading
M609 Individual Pallet Unloading
M609 Individual Pallet Unloading
M609 Individual Pallet Unloading
M609 Individual Pallet Unloading
M610 Step Retract
M610 AAC Step Retract
M611 Step Advance
M611 AAC Step Advance
M612 Workpiece Change

No.0584J-1405EN 1-11
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M612 Workpiece Change

M613 Workpiece Unload
M614 Workpiece Load
M620 Travel Limit Valid
M621 Travel Limit Invalid
M624 Internal use M code
M630 Axis Retract Position at ATC
M631 Change Workpiece Selection Command
M631 AWC Index Work Selection Command
M632 AWC index
M633 Auto Front Door Close
M634 Auto Front Door Open
M635 ATC Prohibition Mode OFF
M636 ATC Prohibition Mode ON
M638 ATC Shutter Close
M638 ATC Shutter / Cover Close
M639 ATC Shutter Open
M639 ATC Shutter / Cover Open
M640 Air Cut Mode OFF
M641 Air Cut Mode ON
M642 Program Number Notice
M643 Machining Workpiece Confirm
M644 Open APC Shutter and Start Next Block before Shutter is Fully
Open
M661 ATC & B Axis Simultaneous Operation
M662 ATC & B Axis Simultaneous Operation End Check
M663 M Code for ATC
M666 Automatic Tool Change
M666 Automatic Tool Change
M666 M Code for ATC
M666 Automatic Tool Change
M667 Spindle Tool Exist Coherent Check
M668 Spindle Tool Unloading
M669 Spindle Tool Unloading & Loading
M670 Pallet Clamp
M671 Pallet Unclamp
M680 Internal use M code
M683 APC Prohibition Mode OFF
M684 APC Prohibition Mode ON
M685 Work Clamp Check Mode OFF
M686 Work Clamp Check Mode ON
M687 Vacuum Pipe Valve Off (Pipe OPEN)
M688 Vacuum Pipe Valve On (Pipe CLOSE)
M690 Index Table Pallet
M706 Angle Plate/Table/RWH/SG Cleaning Coolant OFF

1-12 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M707 Angle Plate/Table/RWH/SG Cleaning Coolant ON

M708 Additional Nozzle Coolant ON
M709 Stop Coolant before Axis Positioning is Completed
M710 Mist Collector OFF
M711 Mist Collector ON
M722 Stylus Cleaning Air OFF
M723 Stylus Cleaning Air ON
M724 Overhead Shower Coolant OFF

List of M Codes
M725 Workpiece Rotation Stop
M726 Workpiece Forward Start
M728 Workpiece Reverse Start
M729 Workpiece Speed Set
M732 Coolant Pressure Setting 1
M733 Coolant Pressure Setting 2
M734 Coolant Pressure Setting 3
M735 Coolant Pressure Setting 4
M736 Lighting ON
M737 Lighting OFF
M740 Internal Conveyor OFF
M741 Internal Conveyor ON
M742 Oil Skimmer OFF
M743 Oil Skimmer ON
M745 Spindle Upper Nozzle Coolant ON
M747 Measuring Head Cleaning Air ON
M748 IMM Cleaning Air ON
M749 IMM Cleaning Air OFF
M750 IMM Cleaning Air ON Mode
M751 IMM Cleaning Air OFF Mode
M754 Base Coolant ON
M755 Cleaning Telescopic-Cover Coolant ON
M756 Air Blow ON
M757 Telescopic-Cover Coolant OFF
M757 Telescopic-Cover Coolant & Base Coolant OFF
M757 Base Coolant OFF
M775 Tool Cleaning Air OFF
M776 Tool Cleaning Air ON
M781 Coolant Amount Set to Standard
M782 Coolant Amount Set to Large
M783 Workpiece Rotation Mode
M786 Cutting Surface Cleaning Air OFF
M787 Cutting Surface Cleaning Air ON
M790 Oil Amount Set to Small (MQL)
M791 Oil Amount Set to Standard (MQL)
M792 Oil Amount Set to Large (MQL)
M793 Mist Pressure Set to High (MQL)

No.0584J-1405EN 1-13
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M794 Mist Pressure Set to Standard (MQL)

M795 Through Spindle Coolant Off Without Remove
M797 Through Spindle Oil Amount Set to Small (MQL)
M798 Through Spindle Oil Amount Set to Standard (MQL)
M799 Through Spindle Oil Amount Set to Large (MQL)
M800 Flange Cleaning Air ON
M810 Grinding Nozzle Retract
M811 Grinding Nozzle Advance
M812 Spindle Nose Nozzle Coolant Off
M813 Spindle Nose Nozzle Coolant On
M850 Release Central Coolant Pause Mode
M851 Central Coolant Pause Mode
M852 Flexible Synchronize 1 Enable
M853 Flexible Synchronize 1 Disable
M854 Flexible Synchronize 2 Enable
M855 Flexible Synchronize 2 Disable
M856 Flexible Synchronize 3 Enable
M857 Flexible Synchronize 3 Disable
M858 Flexible Synchronize 4 Enable
M859 Flexible Synchronize 4 Disable
M860 Chuck Cleaning Coolant OFF
M861 Chuck Cleaning Coolant ON
M862 Chuck Cleaning Air OFF
M863 Chuck Cleaning Air ON
M864 Tool Cleaning Air/Coolant OFF
M865 Tool Cleaning Air/Coolant ON
M866 Tool Cleaning Nozzle Retract
M867 Tool Cleaning Nozzle Advance
M880 Programmable Cooalnt Nozzle OFF
M881 Drawing Pump OFF
M882 Drawing Pump ON
M883 Angle Head Coolant ON
M884 Inner Chip Conveyor Speed Setting
M885 Angle Head Support Pin Cleaning Air ON
M885 Tool Cleaning Air 2 ON
M886 Terrace Cleaning Coolant OFF
M887 Terrace Cleaning Coolant ON
M888 Standard Amount of Mist Air (MQL)
M889 Fewer Amount of Mist Air (MQL)
M890 Nozzle Coolant OFF
M893 Internal use M code
M894 Internal use M code
M895 Increase Air OFF (MQL)
M896 Increase Air ON (MQL)
M897 Coolant Pause Release

1-14 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M898 Attachment Lubrication Off

M899 Attachment Lubrication On
M902 Internal use M code
M903 M Code to Generate Alarm
M904 Tool Length Measuring Calibration
M905 Workpiece Automatic Measuring Calibration
M906 Radical Mode Calculation
M907 Get Skip Position

List of M Codes
M908 Get Probe Displacement
M910 Workpiece Automatic Measuring Mode Cancel
M911 Measuring Head Alarm Check
M912 Tool Length Measuring Mode Setting
M919 Machined Piece Count
M920 Tool Length Measurement Data Read
M921 Tool Radius Measurement Data Read
M922 M920, M921 Data Incremental Mode
M925 Ring Sensor Monitor Mode OFF
M926 Ring Sensor Monitor Mode ON
M938 Rak rak checker Auto/Manual Select
M939 Rak rak checker End
M940 Auto End with NG Workpiece Measurement Result
M941 MP7 Measuring Head Check
M946 Spindle Tool Pot No. Output to Macro
M947 Next Tool Pot No. Output to Macro
M948 M Code for ATC
M950 Non Contact Type Measurement Device Zero Set
M951 Blum Bore Gauge Start
M956 Linear Gauge Type(Absolute Scale) Tool Measurement
M963 Measuring Probe Power OFF & Check
M964 Measuring Probe Power ON & Check
M965 Measuring Probe Power OFF
M966 Measuring Probe Power ON
M968 Cutting Condition Auto Select
M971 Second Measuring Unit Cover Close
M972 Second Measuring Unit Cover Open
M977 Image Tool Measure Tool Cleaning Air OFF
M978 Image Tool Measure Tool Cleaning Air ON
M984 High Speed Counter Type Tool Measurement
M992 Skip Signal Check for Tool Length Measuring
M994 Rotary Axis Coordinate Calculation Function
M1100 Internal use M code
M1101 Enable IAC
M1102 Ditch processing mode OFF
M1103 Ditch processing mode ON
M1104 Chopping Stop

No.0584J-1405EN 1-15
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M1105 Chopping Start

M1108 Enable IAC
M1109 Internal use M code
M1110 Internal use M code
M1111 Internal use M code
M1112 Rotation axes compensation of TCP OFF
M1113 Rotation axes compensation of TCP ON
M1114 Smooth control of tool posture control OFF
M1115 Smooth control of tool posture control ON
M1116 Preparations for High Accuracy Machining (Accuracy Check)
M1117 Preparations for High Accuracy Machining
M1118 Internal use M code
M1119 5-axis Composition Change Request
M1120 Internal use M code
M1121 Smooth control of Tool Center Point Control ON
M1122 Fairing OFF
M1123 Fairing ON
M1124 Scratch Prevention Function OFF
M1125 Scratch Prevention Function ON
M1126 Active Damping Function OFF
M1127 Active Damping Function ON
M1130 Cut Type Change Request
M1149 Set M198 folder
M1156 Tool Offset Data Transfer Command for Composite Tool
M1177 Set Parameters for Spatial Cam Machining Function
M1178 Internal use M code
M1191 Internal use M code
M1192 Internal use M code
M1193 Internal use M code
M1194 Internal use M code
M1195 Program Restart Disable
M1196 Program Restart Enable
M1197 Flexible Synchronize Auto Phase Adjustment
M1198 Output of External Work Zero Offset in Multi Spindle to Macro
Variable
M1199 Setting of External Work Zero Offset in Multi Spindle
M1300 Whetstone Change OFF
M1301 Whetstone Change ON
M1302 Air Spindle Air OFF
M1303 Air Spindle Air ON
M1304 Axis Brake Off
M1305 Axis Brake On
M1306 Air Spindle Pressure 1
M1307 Air Spindle Pressure 2
M1308 Air Spindle Pressure 3

1-16 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M1309 Air Spindle Pressure 4

M1310 Spindle Speed Limitation Disable at Spindle Idling
M1311 Spindle Speed Limitation Enable at Spindle Idling
M1312 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller Differential Temperature Control
Mode ON
M1313 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller Differential Temperature Control
Mode OFF
M1314 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller Differential Temperature Control

List of M Codes
Data Output
M1318 Release Feed Axis Oil Controller Pause
M1319 Feed Axis Oil Controller Pause
M1323 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller (By Temperature) Differential
Temperature Control Mode ON
M1324 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller (By Temperature) Differential
Temperature Control Mode OFF
M1325 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller (By Temperature) Differential
Temperature Control Data Output
M1328 Electric attachment spindle connector cover open
M1329 Electric attachment spindle connector cover close
M1330 Electric attachment spindle speed set
M1331 Electric attachment spindle positive start
M1332 Electric attachment spindle reverse start
M1333 Electric attachment spindle stop
M1334 Electric attachment spindle proofreading
M1335 Strong Clamp Mode OFF
M1336 Strong Clamp Mode ON
M1337 Clamp Ignore Mode OFF
M1338 Clamp Ignore Mode ON
M1339 High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller Differential Temperature
Control Mode ON
M1340 High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller Differential Temperature
Control Mode OFF
M1341 High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller A Axis Control
Temperature Output
M1342 High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller C Axis Control
Temperature Output
M1343 AST3 Study Function Off
M1344 AST3 Study Function On
M1345 Spindle Switch
M1348 AST Recording Function Continue
M1349 AST Recording Function Pause
M1350 Air Spindle Running Start
M1351 AST Playback Function OFF
M1352 AST Playback Function ON
M1353 Spindle Load/Vibration Record Disable

No.0584J-1405EN 1-17
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M1354 Spindle Load/Vibration Record Enable

M1355 Positioning Function in High Accuracy OFF
M1356 Positioning Function in High Accuracy ON
M1357 SV Revolution Control Mode OFF
M1358 SV Revolution Control Mode ON
M1369 SV Revolution Control Axis Start in CW Direction
M1360 SV Revolution Control Axis Start in CCW Direction
M1361 SV Revolution Control Axis Stop
M1364 AST4 Override Synchronization Control OFF
M1365 AST4 Override Synchronization Control ON
M1366 Axis Rotational Speed Setting of SV Revolution Control
M1367 Table Oil Air Supply Start
M1368 SL Mode Off (Built in AST)
M1369 SL Mode On (Built in AST)
M1370 AC Mode Off (Built in AST)
M1371 AC Mode On (Built in AST)
M1380 Spindle Air Low Pressure OFF
M1381 Spindle Air Low Pressure ON
M1400 3D Crash Avoidance Mode Off
M1401 3D Crash Avoidance Mode On
M1402 Tool Shape Setting for 3D Crash Avoidance
M1403 3D Crash Avoidance Relation Setting Change
M1404 Z Axis Collision Avoidance Setting
M1410 Mode OFF for Collision Safe Guard
M1411 Mode ON for Collision Safe Guard
M1412 Tool Data Update Check for Collision Safe Guard
M1413 Workpiece Origin Offset Fitting for Collision Safe Guard
M1414 Project File Load for Collision Safe Guard
M1415 Project File Save for Collision Safe Guard
M1416 Tool Pre-check for Collision Safe Guard
M1417 Workpiece Size Check for Collision Safe Guard
M1420 Internal use M code
M1423 Tool length comparison
M1424 Tool Offset Data File Output
M1425 Signal Lamp OFF
M1426 Programmable Load Monitor Function Off
M1427 Programmable Load Monitor Function On (Specifying Data No.)
M1428 Programmable Load Monitor Function On (Specifying Alarm Load)
M1429 Work Tension OFF
M1430 Work Tension ON
M1431 Eco Mode
M1432 AC (AST3) OFF
M1433 AC (AST3) ON
M1434 Feed Axis Lower Load Detection Function OFF
M1435 Feed Axis Lower Load Detection Function ON

1-18 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M1436 Movable Step Retract

M1437 Movable Step Advance
M1438 Aux Unit Stop Enable at Special Machining
M1439 Aux Unit Stop Disable at Special Machining
M1440 Clear Program Restart Position Judgment Data Memory
M1441 Store Program Restart Position Judgment Data
M1442 Set contact load of tool contact detection
M1443 Set alarm load of tool contact detection

List of M Codes
M1444 Tool contact detection mode OFF
M1445 Tool contact detection mode ON
M1446 Confirmation of Spindle Rotation While Cutting Disable Release
M1447 Confirmation of Spindle Rotation While Cutting Disable
M1600 Pallet (Workpiece) Load to Transport Device
M1601 Pallet (Workpiece) Unload from Transport Device
M1602 Stocker Pallet 1 Lock
M1603 Stocker Pallet 1 Unlock
M1604 Stocker Pallet 2 Lock
M1605 Stocker Pallet 2 Unlock
M1607 Set NC Parameter for Angle Head
M1608 M Code for ATC
M1609 M Code for ATC
M1700 Point Cleaning Water Off
M1701 Point Cleaning Water On
M1702 Point Cleaning Air Off
M1703 Point Cleaning Air On
M1710 Dresser Coolant OFF
M1711 Dresser Coolant ON
M1712 User Coolant OFF
M1713 User Coolant ON
M1714 M Code for Through Spindle Coolant Pressure Change
M1715 Release Base Coolant Pause
M1716 Base Coolant Pause
M1717 Overhead Shower Coolant Intermittent Operation
M1718 Air OFF on table
M1719 Air ON on table
M1720 JIG Coolant Off
M1721 JIG Coolant On
M1722 Stop Block Cleaning Air Off
M1723 Stop Block Cleaning Air On
M1724 Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant Off
M1725 Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant On
M1726 JIG Cleaning Air OFF
M1727 JIG Cleaning Air ON
M1728 Room Washing Air Off
M1729 Room Washing Air On

No.0584J-1405EN 1-19
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M1730 Chuck Air Blow OFF

M1731 Chuck Air Blow ON
M1732 X Axis Cover Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant OFF
M1733 X Axis Cover Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant ON
M1734 Through Spindle Coolant Output Frequency Fixation OFF
M1735 Through Spindle Coolant Output Frequency Fixation ON
M1736 Flush Coolant in Machining Chamber ON
M1737 Oil Amount Set to Shot Frequency(MQL)
M1738 Upper Nozzle Air OFF
M1739 Upper Nozzle Air ON
M1740 Z Axis Cleaning Air OFF
M1741 Z Axis Cleaning Air ON
M1742 TSC Drain Circuit Cleaning Air On
M1743 Nozzle Coolant Push Out Air
M1744 Tool Cleaning Coolant OFF
M1745 Tool Cleaning Coolant ON
M1900 In-process Measuring M-Code
M1901 DynaVision mode change
M1902 DynaVision level change
M1903 DynaVision result output
M1904 DynaVision measurement start
M1906 DynaVision all reset
M1907 Image type tool measurement cleaning air off
M1908 Image type tool measurement cleaning air on
M1909 Internal use M code
M1910 Internal use M code
M1911 MC alarm generation of image type tool measurement
M1912 Image type tool measurement error reset(DynaVision)
M1920 Interlock Release Mode OFF at Tool Measurement Unit Cover Open
Close
M1921 Interlock Release Mode ON at Tool Measurement Unit Cover Open
Close
M1922 PTIM Power OFF
M1923 PTIM Power ON
M1924 PTIM command
M1925 Image Tool Measure shutter close
M1926 Image Tool Measure shutter open
M1930 CNC initiative message transmission
M1931 Internal use M code
M1932 Internal use M code
M1933 Internal use M code
M1934 Internal use M code
M1939 Internal use M code
M1940 Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Function: Get Imaging Data

1-20 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M1941 Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Function: Imaging Disable

Mode OFF
M1942 Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Function: Imaging Disable
Mode ON
M1943 Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Function: Reset Request
M1945 Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Function: calibration
M2000 Internal use M code
M2001 Internal use M code

List of M Codes
M2002 Internal use M code
M2003 Internal use M code
M2004 3D Crash Avoidance Mode Record & Off
M2005 3D Crash Avoidance Mode Resume
M2006 Internal use M code
M2007 Internal use M code
M2008 Internal use M code
M2009 Internal use M code
M2010 Internal use M code
M2011 Internal use M code
M2012 Internal use M code
M2013 Internal use M code
M2014 Internal use M code
M2015 Internal use M code
M2016 VP Control Enable
M2017 VP Control Disable
M2018 Internal use M code
M2020 Internal use M code
M2021 Internal use M code
M2022 Internal use M code
M2023 Internal use M code
M2024 Internal use M code
M2025 Internal use M code
M2026 VP Control Magnification Enable (Rotation Axis)
M2027 VP Control Magnification Disable (Rotation Axis)
M2035 Vibration Control(AST4) Enable
M2036 Vibration Control(AST4) Disable
M2037 Internal use M code
M2038 Internal use M code
M2039 Internal use M code
M2040 Internal use M code
M2041 Internal use M code
M2044 Internal use M code
M2046 Blum Macro Mode OFF
M2047 Blum Macro Mode ON
M2050 Internal use M code
M2051 Internal use M code

No.0584J-1405EN 1-21
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M2052 Internal use M code

M2060 Internal use M code
M2061 Internal use M code
M2062 Internal use M code
M2063 Internal use M code
M2064 Internal use M code
M2065 Internal use M code
M2070 Internal use M code
M2071 Internal use M code
M2072 Internal use M code
M2073 Internal use M code
M2074 Internal use M code
M2075 Internal use M code
M2076 Internal use M code
M2077 Internal use M code
M2078 Internal use M code
M2079 Internal use M code
M2080 Internal use M code
M2081 Internal use M code
M2100 Internal use M code
M2101 Internal use M code
M2200 Internal use M code
M2201 Internal use M code
M2202 Internal use M code
M2203 Internal use M code
M2204 Internal use M code
M2205 Internal use M code
M2206 Internal use M code
M2207 Internal use M code
M2209 Internal use M code
M2210 Internal use M code
M2211 Internal use M code
M2212 Internal use M code
M2300 SPIN TABLE Revolution Speed
M2301 SPIN TABLE Start
M2302 SPIN TABLE Stop
M2303 Gap Cycle Start
M2304 Gap Cycle Finish
M2305 Internal use M code
M2310 Utility function signal OFF
M2311 Utility function signal ON
M2312 Utility function signal check
M2320 INPROCESS GAUGE Measuring Cycle Start
M2321 INPROCESS GAUGE Automatic Zero Cycle Start
M2322 INPROCESS GAUGE Measuring Head Retraction

1-22 No.0584J-1405EN
List of M Codes
List of M Codes

M2323 INPROCESS GAUGE Get Measuring Data

M2324 INPROCESS GAUGE Manual Mode
M2340 Rotary Dresser Control
M2341 Rotary Dresser CW/CCW
M2342 Set Rotary Dresser Speed
M2343 AE Sensor Enable
M2344 AE Sensor Disable
M2345 Set Millturn Data

List of M Codes
M2346 Preparations for Millturn
M2347 Wait for preparation finish for Millturn

No.0584J-1405EN 1-23
Specification of M Codes

2. Specification of M Codes

Specification

No.0584J-1405EN 2-1
Specification of M Codes
Specification

2.1 Specification
The (D) means that this code is performed after the axis moves if an axis
movement command is given in that block together.

M0 Program Stop (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G01 X___ Y___ F___ M0;

□ Explanation
Automatic operation stops after the block containing M0 is executed.
When automatic operation is stopped by M0, spindle rotation and coolant are
stopped, and the [Cycle Start] switch is blinked.
And then, the warning lamp is turned on if the machine with a signal tower.

If the [Cycle Start] switch is pushed, spindle rotation and coolant are resumed,
automatic operation is restarted, and the warning lamp is turned off.

M1 Optional Stop (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G01 X___ Y___ F___ M1;

□ Explanation
This M code functions as M0 only when the [Optional Stop] switch has been
turned on.
If the [Optional Stop] switch is turned off, M1 is ignored.

M2 End of Program (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Indicates the end of program, and resets NC after operating as follows:

(a) Spindle rotation is stopped.

(b) Coolant is stopped.
(c) Mirror image off is turned off.

Afterward, if the [Power Out] switch has been turned on, the power is turned Off,
and if the [Warning Lamp] mode has been turned on, M2 turns the warning lamp
on.

2-2 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M3 Spindle Start in CW Direction

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
S800 M3 G00 X___ Y___ ;
G01 Z___ F___ ;

□ Explanation
Rotates spindle in clockwise direction at a speed specified with S code.
If it is not in the same block as M03 or there is no previous S (spindle speed), an
alarm occurs.

M4 Spindle Start in CCW Direction

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
S800 M4 G00 X___ Y___ ;
G01 Z___ F___ ;

Specification
□ Explanation
Rotates spindle in counterclockwise direction at a speed specified with S code.
If it is not in the same block as M04 or there is no previous S (spindle speed), an
alarm occurs.

M5 Spindle Stop (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G01 X___ Y___ F___ M5;

□ Explanation
Stops the spindle after the block containing M5 is executed.

M6 Automatic Tool Change

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M6;

□ Explanation
Exchanges the spindle tool with the tool in Tool magazine indexed at the
position of next tool, or the tool on ATC arm.
The typical content of M6 is as follows:

(a) Coolant is stopped.

(b) Orients and stops the spindle.
(c) Exchanges the spindle tool.
(d) Resumes coolant.

There is the one which does not return according to the version
of the model and software either about the coolant.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-3
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M7 Air Blow ON
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns the air blow on.

M8 Nozzle Coolant ON
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns the nozzle coolant on.

M9 Coolant OFF (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G01 X___ Y___ F___ M9;

□ Explanation
Stops coolant after the block containing M9 is executed.

M10 4th Axis Clamp (D)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J / MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Program
M11;
G91 G01 B___ F___ M10;

□ Explanation
Clamps 4th axis after the block containing M10 is executed.

M11 4th Axis Unclamp

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J / MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Program
M11;
G91 G01 B___ F___ M10;

□ Explanation
Unclamps 4th axis.

2-4 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M12 5th Axis Clamp (D)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Program
M13;
G91 G01 A___ F___ M12;

□ Explanation
Clamps 5th axis after the block containing M12 is executed.

M13 5th Axis Unclamp

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Program
M13;
G91 G01 A___ F___ M12;

Specification
□ Explanation
Unclamps 5th axis.

M14 BTS Arm Advance, Tool Length Sensor Cover Open (D)
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Advances the movable BTS arm or open the tool length sensor cover.

M15 Index Table Reverse

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M15 B___ ;

□ Explanation
Positions the index table in reverse direction if the machine has an index table.

M16 4th Axis Mirror Image ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G28 B___ M11;
M16;
G00 B___ M10;

□ Explanation
Turns the mirror image of the 4th axis on if the machine has a 4th axis.
Specify it in a by block itself.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-5
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M18 BTS Arm Retract, Tool Length Sensor Cover Close (D)
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Retracts the movable BTS arm or close the tool length sensor cover.

M19 Spindle Orientation Stop (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G00 X___ Y___ M19;

□ Explanation
Orients and stops the spindle after the block containing M19 is executed.

M20 Broken Tool Sensor Check (D)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Checks whether or not the tool has broken.
If there is a problem with the tool, a BTS alarm occurs.

M21 X Axis Mirror Image ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G28 X___ Y___;
M21;
G01 X___ Y___ F___;

□ Explanation
Turns the mirror image for the X axis on.
Specify this M code in an independent block.

M22 Y Axis Mirror Image ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G28 X___ Y___;
M22;
G01 X___ Y___ F___;

□ Explanation
Turns the mirror image of the Y axis on.
Specify this M code in an independent block.

2-6 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M23 Mirror Image OFF (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G28 X___ Y___ M23;
G01 X___ Y___ F___;

□ Explanation
Turns the mirror image (X, Y, 4th, 5th, 6th axis) off after the block containing
M23 is executed.

M26 Through Spindle Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns on through spindle coolant.

Specification
M27 Tap Oil Mist/Jet Mode ON
□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Program
M27;
M3;
G84 Z___ R___ F___;
G80;

□ Explanation
Turns on the tap oil mist or jet mode.
In this mode, first the direction of spindle rotation is stored, and the coolant is
turned on for the specified time (machine parameter No.7730).
Afterward, coolant is turned on every time if the direction stored is specified
again.
This mode is valid until M9 or M2/M30, M6, emergency stop is specified.

M28 Through Tool Air ON

□ Machine Type
GF

□ Explanation
Turns on through tool air.

M29 Unconditional Power Out (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G00 Z___;
X___ Y___;
M29;

□ Explanation
Turns off the power supply if the [Power Out] switch has been turned on.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-7
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M30 End of Machining Program and Repeat (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Resets NC and rewinds program after indicating the end of program, and
performs the following operations:

(a) Stops spindle rotation.

(b) Stops coolant.
(c) Turns mirror image off.

Afterward, if the [Warning Lamp] switch has been turned on, M30 turns the
warning lamp on.
If the [Power Out] switch has been turned on, M30 turns the power supply off.
When the pallet changer is operated in the standard operation mode, automatic
operation is started after rewinding if the ready status is ON for any pallet.

M31 Auto Workpiece Measuring Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Used in the workpiece automatic measuring macro program.
Specify at the start of workpiece automatic measuring.

M32 Auto Tool Length Measuring Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Used in the tool length automatic measuring macro program.
Specify at the start of tool length automatic measuring.

M33 Tool Length Sensor Unit Circuit Check

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Used in the tool length automatic measuring macro program.
The tool length automatic measuring circuit is self-diagnosed.

M34 Auto Workpiece Measurement / Spare Tool Call

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Used in the workpiece automatic measuring macro program.
Previously used tool is assigned a BTS alarm. Afterward, a spare tool is indexed
if the tool for which a BTS alarm was assigned is called with the T code.

2-8 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M35 Auto Workpiece Measurement / Pallet Unload

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J / S56 / F5

□ Explanation
Used in the workpiece automatic measuring macro program.
Previously used tool is assigned to a BTS alarm, and tool change and pallet
change are performed to start the next machining process automatically.

Specification

No.0584J-1405EN 2-9
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M36 Prior Tool Check

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M36;
T Tool No. ;
T Tool No. ;
:
M37;

□ Explanation
Checks whether or not all tools to be used (including spare tools) are available
or not.
If a tool is assigned an alarm or not registered, a machine alarm occurs.
When the specification of permitting PTN input in multiple Tool magazines
(machine parameter No. 12021=1), Tool magazine number is set by M450
command.

□ Program Example
O1234;
M36;
T1;
T2;
T3;
M37;
:
Machining Program
:
M30;

When the specification of permitting PTN input in multiple ATC magazines

(machine parameter No. 12021=1), command as follow.

O1234;
M36;
M450 S1;
T1;
T2;
M450 S2;
T1;
T2;
M37;
:
Machining Program
:
M30;

After the prior tool life check before starting machining, execute
M37 to terminate the prior tool life check mode.
This mode is canceled also by M2, M30, emergency stop and
tool life alarm.

2-10 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M37 Tool Data Register Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M___; <-- Tool register mode On such as
M448
S___ T___; <-- Tool Data Registration
M37;

□ Explanation
Turns off the tool data registration mode.
When a registration mode is ON, another registration mode cannot be turned on
without turning off the current mode.
While the tool data registration mode is ON, you can't use S code to command
spindle speed, and can't use T code to command next tool.
You can use them to command a spindle speed and a tool number, after M37 is
executed.

Specification
If multiple items of data are to be registered in an NC program, command M37 to
turn the register mode OFF before registering the next data item.
If tool data is to be registered in a machining program, register mode must be
turned OFF to distinguish the tool data from the T- or S-commands. In such a
case, use M37 to turn the register mode OFF.

M37 is same function as M448 (M448 S0).

□ Program Example
O1234;
M448 S4; <-- PTN register mode ON.
S1 T1000; <-- PTN 1000 is set to 1st pot magazine.
S2 T2000; <-- PTN 2000 is set to 2nd pot magazine.
M448 S119; <-- SL data register mode ON
S1 T123; <-- 12.3(%) is set to SL(Upper Limit) of 1st. Pot.
S1 T456; <-- 45.6(%) is set to SL(Lower Limit) of 1st. Pot.
M37; <-- Data registration mode OFF.
:
Machining Program
:
M30;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-11
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M38 AC/SL Data Temporary Alteration Mode ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Program
M38;
S AC Data ;
S SL(Upper) Data ;
S SL(Under) Data ;
M39;

□ Explanation
Sets AC/SL data for spindle tool.
First S is for AC data, second S is for SL upper limit data, and third is for SL
lower limit data.
Specified monitor data is retained until an M6 or M2/M30 is specified.
If an S9999 is specified, the monitoring data is not altered but the data on tool
detail screen becomes valid.

□ Program Example
O1234;
M38;
S100; <-- 10.0 [%] is set to AC of simple tool.
S125; <-- 12.5 [%] is set to SL(Upper Limit) of tool.
S30; <-- 3.0 [%] is set to SL(Lower Limit) of tool.
M39;
:
Machining Program
:
M30;

M39 AC/SL Data Temporary Alteration Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Program
M38;
S AC Data ;
S SL(Upper) Data ;
S SL(Under) Data ;
M39;

□ Explanation
Turns off the AC/SL data temporary alteration mode.

M41 SL Coefficient Setting 125%

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Sets SL coefficient data to 125% (Max. spindle actual load current * 1.25) when
study mode is ON.

2-12 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M42 SL Coefficient Setting 150%

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Sets SL coefficient data to 150% (Max. spindle actual load current * 1.50) when
study mode is ON.

M43 SL Coefficient Setting 200%

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Sets SL coefficient data to 200% (Max. spindle actual load current * 2.00) when
study mode is ON.

M44 SL and AC Coefficient 0%

Specification
□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Sets SL coefficient data to 0%.
Use this M code when you don't use SL monitor and AC monitor.

M45 Tool Length Sensor Unit Circuit Check

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7

□ Explanation
Used in the tool length automatic measuring macro program.
The tool length automatic measuring circuit is self-diagnosed.
This M code don't turn on measuring head cleaning air.

M46 SL Lower Limit Coefficient Setting 125%

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Sets SL lower limit coefficient data to 125% (No load * 1.25) when study mode is
ON.

M47 SL Lower Limit Coefficient Setting 0%

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Sets SL lower limit coefficient data to 0% (No load * 0) when study mode is ON.
Use this M code when you don't use SL lower limit monitor.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-13
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M48 Cutting Feed Override Enable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G01 X___ Y___ F___ M48;

□ Explanation
Enables the feed rate override switch after the block containing M48 is
executed.

M49 Cutting Feed Override Disable

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M49;
G01 X___ Y___ F___;

□ Explanation
Disables the feed rate override switches and fixes the feed rate override at
100% until NC reset, M48 or M2/M30 is specified.

M50 AC Coefficient 100%, SL Coefficient 200%

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Set the AC data to 100% and the SL data to 200% when study mode is ON.

AC data = (Max. spindle actual load current * 1.00)

SL data = (Max. spindle actual load current * 2.00)

M51 Auto Reject Mode ON (M52 Mode Cancel)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the automatic workpiece reject mode.
If a tool monitor alarm occurs during random operation, the automatic workpiece
rejection function interrupts machining and starts machining on next pallet or
next ready face.

M52 Auto Reject Mode OFF (Workpiece Not Unloaded at Alarm)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off the automatic workpiece reject mode.

2-14 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M54 Tool Offset Negative Value Register Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M448 S____; <-- M Code for Tool Registration
T___ ;
M54; <-- Indicated that following data is negative
S___T___;
M448;

□ Explanation
Specifies that next data is minus.
Specify M54 in previous block or the same block of data.
M54 is effective only for the next data.

□ Program Example
M448 S103; <-- Tool length (Geometry) register mode ON.

Specification
M54; <-- Indicates that following data is negative.
S1 T1234; <-- Tool length offset (Geometry) for pot 1.
-0.1234(mm)
(-0.01234 inch)
S2 M54 T345; <-- Tool length offset (Geometry) for pot 2.
-0.0345(mm)
(-0.00345 inch)
S3 T345; <-- Tool length offset (Geometry) for pot 3.
0.0345(mm)
(0.00345 inch)
M30;

M56 Tool Offset Data Transfer Command

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
H Offset No. D Offset No. ;
M56;

□ Explanation
Transfers tool length and radius offset data for spindle tool (registered on Tool
Detail screen) to the current offset numbers.
If the offset number is 0, the data is not sent to that offset.
E.g., H1 D0 causes the tool length data to be sent to H1 but the radius data is
not sent.

Data is sent as follows according to type of tool compensation memory.

Tool compensation memory B, C

H>0 Length (Geometry(H)) --> Geometry of H number
Length (Wear(H)) --> Wear of H number
D>0 Radius (Geometry(D)) --> Geometry of D number
Radius (Wear(D)) --> Wear of D number

No.0584J-1405EN 2-15
Specification of M Codes
Specification

Tool compensation memory A

H>0 Length (Geometry(H)) + Length(Wear(H)) --> compensation of H
D>0 Radius (Geometry(D)) + Radius(Wear(D)) --> compensation of D

□ Program Example
O1234;
T1;
M6;
H1 D2;
M56; <-- Tool length data is sent to offset No.1, and
tool radius data is sent to offset No.2.
:
Machining Program
:
M451 S2;
M56; <-- Tool length data of cutter No.2 is sent to
offset No.1, and tool radius data of cutter
No.2 is sent to offset No.2.
:
Machining Program
:
T2;
M6;
H3 D0;
M56; <-- Tool length data of cutter No.1 is sent to
offset No.3, but tool radius data is not sent.
:
Machining Program
:
M30;

If M56 is commanded in the same block as H or D, the data is

transferred to previous H or D.
Give it by a block itself.

M57 Tool No. Register Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
[Sequential Method]
M57;
T Tool No. ;
:
T Tool No. ;
M37(M30);

[Random Method]
M57;

2-16 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

S Pot No. T Tool No. ;

:
S Pot No. T Tool No. ;
M37(M30);

□ Explanation
Turns on the tool registration mode.
Two types of registration methods are provided; a sequential method and
random method.
In sequential method, order of data is considered as a pot number. And, in
random method, pot number is specified for each tool.
Tool magazine number is set according to M450 S__ Specify. If M450 has not
been specified ever, tool magazine number is set to 1.

M57 is the same as M448 S4.

[Sequential method]
After the M57, specify tool numbers with T, from pot 1 sequentially.
Max pot number to be able to register is up to the maximum pot number of the
tool magazine.

Specification
It is not necessary to specify all the pot, but pot number have to be specified
sequentially.

[Random method]
After an M57, specify the pot number with S and the tool number with T only for
necessary pots, in optional order.
Max number of pots is up to the maximum pot number of the tool magazine.

□ Program Example
[Sequential Type]
O1234;
M450 S0; <-- Magazine No. is set to 0.
M57;
T1; <-- Tool number of pot 1 of magazine 0 (external tool)
is set to 1.
T2; <-- Tool number of pot 2 of magazine 0 (external tool)
is set to 2.
M37; <-- Tool data registration mode OFF.
M450; <-- Magazine number is set to 1.
T12; <-- Tool number of pot 1 of magazine 1 is set to 12.
T345; <-- Tool number of pot 1 of magazine 1 is set to 345.
M30; <-- Tool data registration mode OFF.

[Random Type]
O1234;
M57;
S1 T1010; <-- Tool number of pot 1 of magazine 1 is set to 1010.
S10 T1100; <-- Tool number of pot 10 of magazine 1 is set to 1100.
S5 T1005; <-- Tool number of pot 5 of magazine 1 is set to 1005.
M30;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-17
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M58 Spindle Speed Override Enable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G01 X___ Y___ F___;
M58;
G01 X___ Y___ F___;

□ Explanation
Enables [Spindle Speed Override] switch.

M68 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M69 Pallet Ready Not Checked at M60

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCC / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50
/ a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / T2 / T1 /
S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Used when a pallet change (M60) is required even if the ready status of the
pallet on stocker is OFF.
With this M code, ready uncheck mode is turned on.
Once an M60 is executed, this mode is turned off.
This M code cannot be used in the random operation.

□ Program Example
M69;
M60; <-- Exchanges pallet even if a next pallet is not ready.
:
Machining Program
:
M60; <-- Exchanges pallet only if a next pallet is ready.

2-24 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M74 Custom Macro Interruption Invalid

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Disables custom macro interruption.

M75 Custom Macro Interruption Valid

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Enables custom macro interruption.

M77 Through Spindle Air ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

Specification
□ Explanation
Turns on through spindle air.

M78 Signal Lamp 1 ON with No Ready Pallet

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX /
a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E /
MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 /
F9

□ Program
M98 P9810;
M78;

□ Explanation
Turns on signal light 1 (red) if the pallet on stocker is not ready.
Signal light turned on by this M code will be turned off by changing the pallet to
ready.

M79 Signal Lamp 2 ON with No Ready Pallet

□ Program
M98 P9810;
M79;

□ Explanation
Turns on signal light 2 (yellow) if the pallet on stocker is not ready.
Signal light turned on by this M code will be turned off by changing the pallet to
ready.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-25
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M80 Pallet Change

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010 / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the pallet loading and unloading programs (O9810,
O9820).
Cannot be used by itself.

M80 Pallet Change

□ Machine Type
D300

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the pallet loading and unloading programs (O9003,
O9004).
Cannot be used by itself.

M84 Pallet 1 Load Check

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33

□ Explanation
Checks whether or not the pallet number on the table is 1 if a pallet has been
loaded.
If it is No. 2, a machine alarm occurs.
Checks whether or not the pallet on the stocker is ready if pallet has not been
loaded on the table.
When it is not ready, an alarm occurs.

M85 Auto Measuring Approach Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the automatic measuring macro program (workpiece/tool
length) when the sensor approaches the target-point.

M86 Auto Measuring Rapid Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the automatic measuring macro program (workpiece/tool
length) when the sensor is fed at rapid traverse.

M88 APC (AWC,WPM) Shutter/Operator Door Open

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 /
a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Opens APC (AWC,WPM) shutter or operator door.

2-26 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M88 Right Side Door Open

□ Machine Type
E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Opens right side door

M89 APC (AWC,WPM) Shutter/Operator Door Close

□ Explanation
Closes APC (AW C,WPM) shutter or operator door.

M89 Right Side Door Close

□ Machine Type
E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

Specification
□ Explanation
Closes right side door.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-27
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M94 Tool Data Delete Mode ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M94;
S Pot No. ;
:
S Pot No. ;
M37(M30);

□ Explanation
S after M94 specifies the pot number to be deleted. Deletes all tool data
including tool number of the pot specified with S.
Tool magazine number is set according to M450 S__ command.
If M450 has not ever been specified, the magazine number is set to 1.
However, tool data of tool No. 0 is not deleted.

□ Program Example
O1234;
M450 S2; <-- Magazine No. is set to 2.
M94; <-- Tool data delete mode ON.
S1; <-- All the data of the pot of tool No.1 of magazine No.2
are deleted.
S2; <-- All the data of the pot of tool No.2 of magazine No.2
are deleted.
M37; <-- Tool data delete mode OFF.
M450; <-- Magazine No. is set to 1.
S1; <-- All the data of the pot of tool No.1 of magazine No.1
are deleted.
S2; <-- All the data of the pot of tool No.2 of magazine No.1
are deleted.
M30; <-- Tool data delete mode OFF.

The specification is different from specification of Professional.3.

M95 Pallet 2 Load Check

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33

□ Explanation
Checks whether or not the pallet number on the table is 2 if a pallet has been
loaded. If it is No. 1, a machine alarm occurs.
If no pallet is loaded on the machine table, checks whether or not the pallet on
the pallet loading station is ready. If it is not ready, a machine alarm occurs.

2-28 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M96 Through Tool Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / Ga2
/ GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Turns on the through tool coolant.

M96 Programmable Coolant Nozzle ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Turns on programmable coolant nozzle.

M97 Overhead Shower Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.

Specification
H2J

□ Explanation
Turns on the high power (ceiling) coolant.

M98 Sub Program Call

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M98 P___L___ ;

□ Explanation
Calls the subprogram specified with P.
Specifies the number of recurrences of subprogram with L. If L is omitted,
automatically calls subprogram only once. In addition, a maximum of 9999 can
be specified as L.

M99 Return to Main Program

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M99;

□ Explanation
Returns to the main program from subprogram called with M98P___.

M100 Cleaning Air OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56i / V77 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 /
H2J / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
This M code is used in tool measurement macro program.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-29
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M101 Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56i / V77 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 /
H2J / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
This M code is used in tool measurement macro program.

M102 Direct Spare Tool Change Mode Check

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Used in the macro program type direct spare tool change macro program.

M105 Direct Spare Tool Change

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Exchanges the spindle tool with a spare tool if a tool life alarm has occurred for
the spindle tool.
(Direct spare tool change)

M106 Direct Spare Tool Change Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the direct spare tool change inhibit mode when M107 mode is ON.

M107 Direct Spare Tool Change Mode ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the direct spare tool change mode.
In this mode, whether or not an alarm has occurred for the spindle tool is
checked periodically, and the spindle tool is exchanged with a spare tool if an
alarm has occurred for the spindle tool.

M110 6th Axis Clamp (D)

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 /
a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Program
M111;
G91 G01 B___ F___ M110;

□ Explanation
Clamps 6th axis after the block containing M110 is executed.

2-30 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M111 6th Axis Unclamp

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 /
a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Program
M111;
G91 G01 B___ F___ M110;

□ Explanation
Unclamps 6th axis.

M118 FT Function OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off the FT function.

M119 FT Function ON

Specification
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the FT function.

M122 U Axis Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M123;
:
U___;
:
M122;

□ Explanation
Turns off the U axis mode.

M123 U Axis Mode ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M123;
:
U___;
:
M122;

□ Explanation
Turns on the U axis mode.
After M123, U axis is automatically performed reference return.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-31
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M124 U Axis Emergency Mode ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M124;
:
U___;
:
M122;

□ Explanation
Turns on the U axis emergency mode.
After M124, U axis is not performed reference return..

M125 Program Search

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M125 S Program No. ; T N Number ;

□ Explanation
Program Search & N Search.
If T N Number is not commanded, N search is not executed.

□ Program Example
M125 S1000 N10;
Search O1000 and search N10.
M125 S1000;
Search O1000.

2-32 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M126 Metric Input Check

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M126;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M127;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M128;

Specification
□ Explanation
When the unit of input data to NC is metric input (G21), block skip 1 is turned off.
When the unit of input data to NC is inch input (G20), block skip 1 is turned on.
A dummy block for preventing pre-reading such as G53 is necessary after
M126/M127.

[M126/M127 and block skip 1 ON/OFF]

Inch / Metric Input M126 M127
Metric OFF ON
Inch ON OFF

No.0584J-1405EN 2-33
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M127 Inch Input Check

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M126;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M127;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M128;

□ Explanation
When the unit of input data to NC is inch input (G20), block skip 1 is turned off.
When the unit of input data to NC is metric input (G21), block skip 1 is turned on.
A dummy block for preventing pre-reading such as G53 is necessary after
M126/M127.

[M126/M127 and block skip 1 ON/OFF]

Inch / Metric Input M126 M127
Metric OFF ON
Inch ON OFF

M128 Inch / Metric Input Check End

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M126;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M127;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M128;

□ Explanation
Returns the status of block skip 1 to the setting that has been made on the main
control panel.
This is used together with M126 or M127.

2-34 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M129 Quadrant Glitch Fine Tuning Mode Change

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M129 S Tuning Mode Number ;

□ Explanation
The quadrant glitch fine tuning mode is changed to the mode specified by S
code of the same block.
Specify S0 or omit S code to change it into the shipment setting.

M130 Override for Tool OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Disable override for each tool.

M131 Override for Tool ON

Specification
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Enable override for each tool.

M132 Feed rate Override 100% or Less

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Sets upper limit of cutting feed rate.

M132; Limits the cutting feed rate override to 100% or less.

This mode is called M132 mode.
In M132 mode, the area over 100% of the [Feed Rate Override]
switch is disabled.
M132 mode is turned off by M48.
M132 S__; Used in automatic measuring macro program.
In this mode, the upper limit of the cutting feed rate override is
set to the percentage specified by S.
The mode is turned off if M2/M30 is specified or NC reset is
turned on.
M132 S__ is enabled only when machine parameter No. 1029 is
set to "1".
Default upper limit of the cutting feed rate override in automatic
measuring mode is set by machine parameter No. 0068.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-35
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M135 Rigid Tap Mode ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Program
S___;
M135 S___;
G84 Z___ R___ F___;
G80;
M30;

□ Explanation
Turns on the rigid tap mode.
Specify the same S code as that in the M135 block before the M135 block.

M136 Output Machine Condition to Macro Variable

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Output Machine Condition to Macro Variable.

M138 5th Axis Mirror Image ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
G28 X___ Y___ A__;
M138;
G01 X___ Y___ A__ F___;

□ Explanation
Turns on mirror image for 5th axis.
Specify it in a block by itself.

M139 6th Axis Mirror Image ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
G28 X___ Y__ C___;
M139;
G01 X___ Y___ C__ F___;

□ Explanation
Turns on the mirror image of 6th axis.
Specify it in a block by itself.

2-36 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M140 First Block Skip ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the macro program for automatic measuring.
It stores the status of block skip 1, and turns it on.

M141 First Block Skip OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the macro program for automatic measuring.
It stores the status of the block skip 1, and turns it off.

M142 First Block Skip Return

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

Specification
□ Explanation
This M code is used in the macro program for automatic measuring.
It recovers the status of block skip 1 to the status previously stored by
M140/M141.

M150 Block Skip 2 to 9 OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns block skip 2 to 9 off.

M152 Block Skip 2 ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on block skip 2.

M153 Block Skip 3 ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on block skip 3.

M154 Block Skip 4 ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on block skip 4.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-37
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M155 Block Skip 5 ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on block skip 5.

M156 Block Skip 6 ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on block skip 6.

M157 Block Skip 7 ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on block skip 7.

M158 Block Skip 8 ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on block skip 8.

M159 Block Skip 9 ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on block skip 9.

M165 BIG PLUS Holder Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Execute M165 before starting the spindle when BIG PLUS tool holder is used in
the machine with BIG PLUS spindle. This mode is effective until M166 is sent.
This mode status is selected when machine power is turned on.

M166 BT Holder Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Execute M166 before starting the spindle when BT tool holder is used in the
machine with BIG PLUS spindle. This mode is effective until M165 is sent.

2-38 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M167 Attachment Spindle Mode

□ Machine Type
MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Execute M167 before starting the spindle when attachment spindle is used. This
mode is effective until M168 is sent.
Execute M167 when change NC parameter of axis composition by attachment
mounting/removal

M168 Main Spindle Mode

□ Machine Type
MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Execute M168 before starting the spindle when main spindle is used. This mode
is effective until M167 is sent. This mode status is selected when machine power
is turned on.

M172 Rapid Feed Speed Limitation Mode Setting

Specification
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M172 S0; (Rapid Feed Speed Limitation Disable)
M172 S1; (Rapid Feed Speed Limitation Enable)
M172; (Rapid Feed Speed Limitation Enable)

□ Explanation
Rapid feed speed limitation mode is set.

□ Program Example
M172 S0; (Rapid Feed Speed Limitation Disable)
M172 S1; (Rapid Feed Speed Limitation Enable)
M172; (Rapid Feed Speed Limitation Enable)

M173 Enable IAC

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
IAC data becomes enabled.

M174 Rapid Override Limitation

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Set Rapid Override Limitation.

M174S_(S=1 to 100)T_(T=1 to 600);

S:Override[%]
T:Limitation Enable Time[sec]

No.0584J-1405EN 2-39
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M175 Cutting Override Limitation

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Set Cutting Override Limitation.

M175S_(S=1 to 254)T_(T=1 to 600);

S:Override[%]
T:Limitation Enable Time[sec]

M176 Override Limitation Release

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Release override limitation of M174,M175

M177 Write NC Parameter (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M177 S Parameter Index ;

□ Explanation
Change NC Parameter

M178 Disable IAC

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
[a51nx,a61nx]
IAC data is disabled.

[D300,D500,V33i-5XB,V56i-5XB]
IAC data is disabled.
The indexing accuracy of the tilting axis to the workpiece weight is returned to
an initial value.

[D800Z]
IAC-E, IAC-E(Tilt angle) is disabled.
The indexing accuracy of the tilting axis to the workpiece weight is returned to
an initial value.

M179 Enable IAC

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The indexing accuracy of the tilting axis to the workpiece weight is optimized.

2-40 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M186 Count Sum of Machined Parts

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Adds value to product counter specified by M186.
Number to be added to the counter is specified by T, and the group of counters
to which the value is added is specified by S.
If T has not been specified, it is regarded as T1 has been specified.
If S has not been specified, all the product counter specified to be added by
M186 are added.

M187 Dry Run ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the dry run mode.

M188 Dry Run OFF

Specification
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off the dry run mode.

M194 Count Disable ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Disable Count.
Disable count is set by Machine Parameter No.12377

M195 Count Disable OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Enable Count that is dislab by M194.

M198 Subprogram Call from External I/O Device

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M198 P___ ;

□ Explanation
Calls a subprogram specified by P from a file in an external I/O device.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-41
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M200 X axis Mirror Image On

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
X axis Mirror Image On

M201 X axis Mirror Image Off

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
X axis Mirror Image Off

M202 Y axis Mirror Image On

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Y axis Mirror Image On

M203 Y axis Mirror Image Off

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Y axis Mirror Image Off

M204 AC Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turn OFF AC Mode.

□ Program Example
M204;

M205 AC Mode ON
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turn ON AC Mode.

□ Program Example
M205;

2-42 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M206 Study Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turn OFF Study Mode.

□ Program Example
M206;

M207 Study Mode ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turn ON Study Mode.

□ Program Example
M207;

Specification
M208 Rapid Override Switch Check Function Off
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turn Rapid Override Switch Check Function Off

M209 Rapid Override Switch Check Function On

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turn Rapid Override Switch Check Function On

M223 Gravity Axis Lifting Up Function On

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Enables Gravity Axis Pull Up Function.

M224 Gravity Axis Lifting Up Function Off

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Disables Gravity Axis Pull Up Function.

M226 Machining Result Record Stop

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Stops recording of Machining Result Function. This code is effective if the
setting of machine parameter No.12215 is 1.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-43
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M227 Machining Result Record Start

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Starts recording of Machining Result Function. This code is effective if the
setting of machine parameter No.12215 is 1.

M228 Buzzer ON
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the buzzer.

M229 Buzzer OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off the buzzer.

M235 TL Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off the TL mode.

M236 TL Mode ON
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the TL mode.

M237 SL Upper Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Turns off the SL upper limit mode.

M238 SL Upper Mode ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Turns on the SL upper limit mode.

2-44 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M240 ATCBTS Check Action

□ Machine Type
MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81
/ a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / T2 / T1

□ Explanation
Only the ATCBTS check operation is done.
The alarm is not generated.

M241 ATCBTS Retracted

□ Machine Type
MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81
/ a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / T2 / T1

□ Explanation
ATCBTS is retracted.

M243 ATCBTS Check

□ Machine Type

Specification
MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81
/ a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / T2 / T1

□ Explanation
ATCBTS is checked.

M246 Tool Measuring Sensor Y-Axis Direction

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 /
a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Specifies the vertical direction for the rotary tool measuring sensor.

M247 Tool Measuring Sensor X-Axis Direction

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 /
a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Specifies the horizontal direction for the rotary tool measuring sensor.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-45
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M250 GI/Super-GI High Accuracy Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the high accuracy mode.

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.

M25xT_S_;

T: 1st rotary axis tolerance (0 to 99999999)

S: 2nd rotary axis tolerance (0 to 99999999)
The unit of the commanded value depends on machine parameter No.2074.

When S code is omitted, S code value becomes it as well as T code value.

When T code is omitted, T code value becomes it as well as S code value.
When both T and S code are omitted, T code value is set the machine parameter
No. 2071 and S code value is set the machine parameter No. 2072. The unit of
the value depends on the setting of NC parameter No. 1013.
Moreover, the smooth TCP mode is turned on when T or S code are instructed.
The smooth TCP mode depends on machine parameter No. 2073 when neither
is instructed.

Note 1: Even if T and S code are instructed, it is disregarded when there is no

smooth TCP option.
Note 2: Neither T nor S code are processed for FS180 as an argument.

M251 GI/Super-GI High Performance Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the high performance mode.

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

M252 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Accuracy Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the ultra high accuracy mode.

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

2-46 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M253 GI/Super-GI High Accuracy Mode for Contouring with Rotary Axes
□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the high accuracy mode for contouring with rotary axes.

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

M253 GI/Super-GI High Accuracy Mode

□ Machine Type
MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the high accuracy mode.

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the

Specification
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

M254 GI/Super-GI Flat Surface Mode

□ Machine Type
MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the Flat Surface mode.

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

M254 GI/Super-GI Extra Super-High Accuracy Mode

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the extra super-high accuracy mode.

M255 GI/Super-GI Radical Mode

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the radical mode.

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-47
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M256 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Performance Mode

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the ultra high performance mode.

M256 GI/Super-GI Hybrid Mode

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the hybrid mode.

M257 GI/Super-GI High Performance Mode for Contouring with Rotary Axes
□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the high performance mode for contouring with rotary
axes. (This M code is effective for FS30i/FS31i CNC)

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

M257 GI/Super-GI High Performance Mode

□ Machine Type
MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the high performance mode.

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

M258 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Accuracy Mode for Contouring with Rotary Axes
□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the ultra high accuracy mode for contouring with rotary
axes. (This M code is effective for FS30i/FS31i CNC)

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

2-48 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M258 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Accuracy Mode

□ Machine Type
MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the ultra high accuracy mode.

The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

M259 GI Initial Mode

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / E33 / S33 / S56 /
F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the original mode. (This M code is effective for
FS160is/FS180is CNC)

Specification
The amount of the tolerance of smooth TCP can be specified for the
FS30i/FS31i series by T and S code of the same block.
Refer to help of M250 for the explanation.

M266 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Performance for Contouring With Rotary Axes Mode
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Switches GI/Super-GI to the ultra high performance for contouring with rotary
axes mode.

M270 Non Contact Type Spindle Measurement

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56i / V77 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 /
H2J / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
This M code is used in tool measurement macro program.

M276 Extend Stroke Change Signal OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1

□ Explanation
Turns off the stroke-change signal that has been turned on by M277.
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-49
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M277 Extend Stroke Change Signal ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1

□ Explanation
Turns on the stroke-change signal.
This M code is used in ATC macro program.

M281 Signal light effective mode OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Suppresses all signal outputs to the signal sight and the buzzer.

M282 Signal light effective mode ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Allows all signal outputs to the signal sight and the buzzer.

M283 SL Lower Limit Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Turns off the SL lower limit mode.

M284 SL Lower Limit Mode ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Turns on the SL lower limit mode.

M291 Floating M Code Change Prohibition Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off the floating M code exchange prohibition mode.
The floating M code exchange prohibition mode is turned off if NC reset is turned
on.

2-50 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M292 Floating M Code Change Prohibition Mode ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the floating M code exchange prohibition mode.
The floating M code exchange does not function after this M code is specified.

Do not use this M code in a machining program.

This M code is only for special use in a macro program of
one-touch function of MAKINO.

M294 Machining Finish Information

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation

Specification
Command before machining complete.
By this command, inform machining work complete.

M295 Macro Variable Output Group Data Output

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Writes data of variables registered in output group selected on file.

□ Program Example
M295 T1; <-- Outputs header of a group of M296.
M295; <-- Outputs data of a group of M296.
M295 S1 T1; <-- Outputs header of group no.1 registered on
Macro Variable Output Screen.
M295 S1; <-- Outputs data of group no.1 registered on
Macro Variable Output Screen.
M295 S303 T2; <-- Set 303 as marker. Hereafter, 303 is set in
marker area of each output.

This M code is option.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-51
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M296 Macro Variable Output Group Data Setting

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Registers variables numbers to output into a group of M296.

□ Program Example
M296 T1; <-- Data registration start.
M296 S100; <-- Registers #100 in group of M296.
M296 S103 T110; <-- Registers variables from #103 to #110 in
group of M296.
M296 T0; <-- Data registration end.

This M code is option.

M297 Tool Machining Finish

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Command before machining complete by spindle tool.
By this command, inform machining complete by spindle tool.

M299 Machine Data File Save

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Saves data file specified by parameter (S code). All data files are saved if
parameter is not specified.

M299 S0; All data files

M299 S1; Tool Data
M299 S2; Tool Location Data
M299 S3; Work Data
M299 S4; Work Location Data

M302 M303 or M304 Completion (Spindle Speed) Check

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is for shortening machining times.
Checks for completion of M303 or M304 (the spindle speed has reached the
specified speed) and completes it immediately.
It will wait for the completion of either code.
If M303 or M304 has not been specified yet, M302 finishes immediately.

2-52 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M303 Rotate Spindle CW and Start Next Block before Spindle Reaches Specified

Speed
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
S2000 M303;
G00 G90 Y___ Z___ M302;
G01 Z___;

□ Explanation
This M code is for shortening machining times.
Starts the spindle in clockwise direction without waiting for DEN and returns FIN
immediately.
Use M303 and M302 in a pair always.

M304 Rotate Spindle CCW and Start Next Block before Spindle Reaches Specified

Speed
□ Machine Type

Specification
All Machine Type

□ Program
S2000 M304;
G00 G90 Y___ Z___ M302;
G01 Z___;

□ Explanation
This M code is for shortening machining times.
Starts the spindle in counterclockwise direction without waiting for DEN and
returns FIN immediately.
Use M304 and M302 in a pair always.

M307 Stop Coolant and Spindle & Record

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M307;
G91 G28 Y0 Z0;
M6;
G91 Y___;
M308;

□ Explanation
Stores status of the spindle and the coolant, and stops them.
Typically in case of oil-pan type machine, inserting the M307 and M308 before
and after M6 prevents coolant splash on the floor.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-53
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M308 Recover Coolant and Spindle

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M307;
G91 G28 Y0 Z0;
M6;
G91 Y___;
M308;

□ Explanation
Resumes the spindle and the coolant stopped by M307.
Typically, in case of oil-pan type machine, inserting M307 and M308 before and
after M6 prevents coolant from splashing on the floor.

M310 Record Spindle Status & Stop

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M310;
G91 G28 Z0;
G28 X0 Y0;
M6;
G29 X0 Y0;
G29 Z0;
M311;

□ Explanation
Stores status of the spindle and stops the spindle.

Use M310 and M311 in a pair always.

2-54 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M311 Resume Spindle

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M310;
G91 G28 Z0;
G28 X0 Y0;
M6;
G29 X0 Y0;
G29 Z0;
M311;

□ Explanation
Resumes spindle rotation stopped by M310.

Use M310 and M311 in a pair always.

Specification
M312 Stop Coolant & Record
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M312;
G91 G28 Z0;
G28 Y0;
M6;
G29 Y0;
G29 Z0;
M313;

□ Explanation
Stores status of the coolant and stops the coolant.

Use M312 and M313 in a pair always.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-55
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M313 Recover Coolant

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M312;
G91 G28 Z0;
G28 Y0;
M6;
G29 Y0;
G29 Z0;
M313;

□ Explanation
Resumes coolant operation stopped by M312.

Use M312 and M313 in a pair always.

M314 Pre-Measurement Spindle Rotation

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the automatic measuring macro program.
Rotates to clockwise the spindle at a specified speed during specified time by
machine parameters.
After that, orientates and stops the spindle.
Corrects the position of the misaligned spindle edge.

M315 Oil Controller OFF

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Cancels the status of the spindle oil controller that has been turned on by M316.
This M code can only be specified if the spindle has been stopped.

M316 Oil Controller ON

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Turns on the spindle oil controller for maintenance, with the spindle stopped.
This M code can only be specified if the maintenance mode has been turned on
and the spindle has been stopped.

M317 Spindle Rotation for Alignment

□ Machine Type
V33hyper / H2J / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Rotates spindle slowly.

2-56 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M318 Spindle Orientation at Externally Specified Angle (D)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Program
#100= Orient Angle ;
M466;
M318;

□ Explanation
Orients the spindle to the angle specified by macro variable #100.
Specify M466 before M318 to read the value of macro variable #100.
The minimum unit of the angle that can be set for macro variable #100 is 0.1
Deg..
The angle range is 0.0 Deg. to 360.0 Deg..

□ Program Example
O1234;
#100=45.;

Specification
M466;
M318;
M30;

M319 Pre-Orientation & Coolant Stop

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82
/ a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M319;
G91 G28 Z0;
G28 Y0;
M6;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-57
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M319 Pre-Orientation & Coolant Stop

□ Machine Type
A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M319;
G91 G28 Z0;
G28 Y0;
M6;

□ Explanation
This M code is for decreasing machining time.
Coolant is stopped and control advances to the next block without waiting for
completion of spindle orientation.
Stop check of oriented position is performed by M6, M661.
In addition, spindle coolant drawback continues until the completion of M06
(M661/M662). If no tool change is performed 30 seconds after the execution of
M319, drawback will stop.

M319 Pre-Orientation & Coolant Stop

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Program
M319;
G91 G28 Z0;
G28 Y0;
M6;

□ Explanation
This M code is for decreasing machining time.
Coolant is stopped and control advances to the next block without waiting for
completion of spindle orientation or ATC shutter open.
Stop check of oriented position or open check of ATC shutter is performed by
M6, M661.
Moreover, the ATC shutter opens.
In addition, spindle coolant drawback continues until the completion of M06
(M661/M662). If no tool change is performed 30 seconds after the execution of
M319, drawback will stop.

M322 Spindle Rotation for Measuring

□ Machine Type
V33hyper / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4
/ A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Rotates spindle to measure tool length.
This M code is used in the tool length measuring macro program.

2-58 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M325 Cs Axis Contouring Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Program
M326;
G91 G28 C0;
:
M325;
S800 M3;

□ Explanation
Turns off the Cs axis contouring mode.
The spindle functions as a normal spindle (S, M codes are accepted) until M326
is specified.
Specify it in a block by itself.

M326 Cs Axis Contouring Mode ON

□ Machine Type

Specification
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Program
M326;
G91 G28 C0;
:
M325;
S800 M3;

□ Explanation
Turns on the Cs axis contouring mode.
The spindle functions as an NC axis (Cs axis) until M325 is specified.
Specify it in a block by itself.

M327 Spindle Unlock

□ Machine Type
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Unlocks the spindle for measuring.

M327 Clamper Retract

□ Machine Type
iQ300

□ Explanation
Retract clamper.

M328 Spindle Lock

□ Machine Type
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Locks the spindle for measuring.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-59
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M328 Clamper Advance

□ Machine Type
iQ300

□ Explanation
Advance clamper.

M330 Spindle Reverse Orientation at Externally Specified Angle

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Reverses the rotation direction of the spindle during M318.
When M318 is completed, M330 becomes invalid.

M331 Draw Bar Probe Retract

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / iQ300 / Ga2 / E33

□ Explanation
Retract draw bar probe.

M332 Draw Bar Probe Advance

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / iQ300 / Ga2 / E33

□ Explanation
Advance draw bar probe.

M337 Dresser Stop (D)

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / GF /
EG3010 / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82
/ a81nx / a92 / MAG1

□ Explanation
Stops rotation of the dresser after axis travel is completed.

M338 Dresser Forward

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / GF /
EG3010 / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82
/ a81nx / a92 / MAG1

□ Explanation
Rotates the dresser clockwise.
When this M code is specified in the same block as axis travel, it is started
without waiting for completion of travel.

2-60 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M339 Dresser Reverse

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300

□ Explanation
Rotates the dresser counterclockwise.
When this M code is specified in the same block as axis travel, it is started
without waiting for completion of travel.

M340 Attachment Change Start

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the macro program for changing attachments.

M341 AAC Splashguard Open & AAC Advance

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

Specification
□ Explanation
Used for semi-automatic attachment changer on MCC.
Splashguard for attachment changer is opened, and then attachment changer is
advanced.

M342 M Code for AAC

□ Machine Type
MCD5XS

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the attachment change subprogram.

M343 M Code for AAC

□ Machine Type
MCD5XS

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the attachment change subprogram.

M344 AAC Retract & AAC Splashguard Close

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
The attachment changer is retracted, and then the splashguard for the
attachment changer is closed.

M346 Spindle Attachment Mount Check

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
This M code is used for attachment changer.
It requests the operator to check that the spindle attachment is mounted.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-61
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M347 Spindle Attachment Dismount Check

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
This M code is used for attachment changer.
It requests operator to check that spindle attachment is dismounted.

M359 Work information output

□ Machine Type
V33 / V33i / iQ300

□ Explanation
In case of Robot Interface Type A, Output program number specified via
EXPNO01-EXPNO32 signals.

M371 Pre-Clamp (NC Index)

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M371;

□ Explanation
This M cod is for shortening machining times.
Returns FIN to NC rapidly. Table is clamped and B axis servo OFF is activated.

M372 Pre-Unclamp (NC Index)

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M372;
:
B___;
:
M373;

□ Explanation
This M cod is for shortening machining times.
Returns FIN to NC rapidly. Table is clamped and B axis servo ON is activated.

□ Program Example
G91 G30 X0. Y0. M372;
B90.;
G91 G00 Z-100.;
M373;

Always use M372 in combination with M373, and enter the B___
in between. Do not command M372/M373 in the same block of
Bxx.

2-62 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M373 Clamp Confirmation (NC Index)

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M372;
:
B___;
:
M373;

□ Explanation
This M code is for shortening machining times.
Command this M-code prior to cutting feed or pallet change (M60) to confirm
table clamp.

□ Program Example
G91 G30 X0. Y0. M372;
B90.;

Specification
G91 G00 Z-100.;
M373;

Always issue M372 and M373 together, and insert Bxx between
these commands.
Neither M372 nor M373 cannot be issued in the same block as
Bxx.

M375 Table Dresser Solenoid Stop

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Stops table dresser solenoid.

M376 Table Dresser Solenoid Start

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Start table dresser solenoid.

M377 Tool Measuring Laser OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Turns off the laser (laser clearance is turned off and shutter is closed) if the
machine has a rotary tool measuring system.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-63
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M378 Tool Measuring Laser ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Turns on the laser (shutter is opened and laser clearance is turned on) if the
machine has a rotary tool measuring system.

M381 Angle Head Support Retract

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Angle head support retract.

□ Program Example
M381

M382 Angle Head Support Advance

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Angle head support advance.

□ Program Example
M382

M387 Vacuum Suction ON

□ Machine Type
MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns on vacuum suction.

M388 Vacuum Suction OFF

□ Machine Type
MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns off vacuum suction.

M389 Tailstock Pressure Change

□ Machine Type
V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Selects clamp pressure of tailstock.

□ Program Example
M389 S1;

2-64 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M390 Spindle Tool Clamp

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Clamps the tool in the spindle.

M390, M391, and M392 are only for special type machine.
Be careful because if these are used unexpectedly, the tool will
be dropped.

M391 Spindle Tool Unclamp

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M392;
M391;

Specification
□ Explanation
Unclamps the tool in the spindle.
When unclamping, M392 must be specified before M391.

M390, M391, and M392 are only for special type machine.
Be careful because if these are used unexpectedly, the tool will
be dropped.

M392 Spindle Tool Unclamp Preparation

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J / MAG3 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Program
M392;
M391;

□ Explanation
This M code is used to enable unclamping of the spindle tool before M391.

M390, M391, and M392 are only for special type machine.
Be careful because if these are used unexpectedly, the tool will
be dropped.

M394 Attachment Change End

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the attachment change macro program.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-65
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M398 Through Spindle Mist ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCD5XS / H2J / T4 / T2 / T1 / E33 / S33 / S56

□ Explanation
Turns on through spindle mist.

M399 Mist Blow ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCD5XS / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7

□ Explanation
Turns on mist blowing.

2-66 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M406 Work Data Register Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M406 S Pallet No. T Face No. ;
S Work Data Register Mode T Setting Data ;
:
S Work Data Register Mode T Setting Data ;
M406(M30);

□ Explanation
Registers the desired work data.

Specify the pallet number with S in the same block as where M406 is specified.
If M406 S0 is specified, or 406 is specified without S, the work data registration
mode is turned off.
Specify the face number with T in the same block as where M406 is specified.
If 406 is specified without T, the face number is considered to be 1.
After the work registration mode is turned on, the kind of data is specified with S,

Specification
and the data is specified with T.

Refer to the following work data registration and the setting value table for the
work data registration mode and setting value.

Work Data Work data Contents Setting Value(Unit)

Registration
Mode
(M406S___)
3 Priority 0-65535
5 Express 0:OFF
1:ON
20 Pallet alarm BIT00:Pre tool check
BIT01:Broken tool(LONG)
BIT02:Broken tool
BIT03:AC monitor
BIT04:SL monitor
BIT05:SL monitor(No load)
BIT06:Tool life
BIT07:Spare tool nothing
BIT08:NC program nothing
BIT09:Pallet seat check abnormal
BIT10:Measurement abnormal
25 WHP Trans. Limit 0:None
1:Angle Plate
2:RWH
103 Ready 0:OFF
1:ON
104 Suspend 0:OFF
1:ON
106 Program Number (Program number 4digit)1-9999
(Program number 8digit)1-99999999
107 Work offset(X axis) -99999999-99999999
108 Work offset(Y axis) -99999999-99999999
109 Work offset(Z axis) -99999999-99999999

No.0584J-1405EN 2-67
Specification of M Codes
Specification

110 Index position 0-3599999

When the machine parameter
No.12037=2, this item is effective.
111 Block skip 0-255
115 Face alarm BIT00:Pre tool check
BIT01:Broken tool(LONG)
BIT02:Broken tool
BIT03:AC monitor
BIT04:SL monitor
BIT05:SL monitor(No load)
BIT06:Tool life
BIT07:Spare tool nothing
BIT08:NC program nothing
BIT09:Pallet seat check abnormal
BIT10:Measurement abnormal

M407 Spindle Monitor Record Mode Off

□ Machine Type
V33hyper / H2J / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns off spindle monitoring record mode.

M408 Spindle Monitor Record mode On

□ Machine Type
V33hyper / H2J / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns on spindle monitoring record mode.

M409 Vacuum Pump Off

□ Machine Type
V33i

□ Explanation
Turn off vacuum pump.

M410 Vacuum Pump On

□ Machine Type
V33i

□ Explanation
Turn on vacuum pump.

2-68 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M412 Vacuum Device OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Vacuum device off.

Possible for a metallic cutting mode off.

M413 Vacuum Device ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation

Specification
Vacuum device on.

M417 Machine Table Pallet 1 Check

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33

□ Program
M417;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M418;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M419;

□ Explanation
When pallet No. 1 has been loaded onto the machine table, block skip 1 is
turned off.
If pallet No. 2 is on the table, block skip 1 is turned on.
If neither pallet No. 1 nor No. 2 is on the table, the machine is stopped by an
alarm.
A dummy block for preventing pre-reading such as G53 is necessary after
M417/M418.

[M417/M418 and block skip 1 ON/OFF]

Pallet on machine table M417 M418
No.1 OFF ON
No.2 ON OFF

No.0584J-1405EN 2-69
Specification of M Codes
Specification

□ Program Example
O1234;
M98 P9810;
M417;
G53;
/M98 P1; <-- Pallet 1, work offset setting, etc.
/M98 P10; <-- Pallet 1, tool prior-check
M418;
G53;
/M98 P2; <-- Pallet 2, work offset setting, etc.
/M98 P20; <-- Pallet 2, tool prior-check
M419;
G53;
:
Common program for pallet 1 and pallet 2.
:
M98 P9820;
M30;

2-70 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M418 Machine Table Pallet 2 Check

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33

□ Program
M417;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M418;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M419;

Specification
□ Explanation
When pallet No. 1 has been loaded onto the machine table, block skip 1 is
turned on.
If pallet No. 2 is on the table, block skip 1 is turned off.
If neither pallet No. 1 nor No. 2 is on the table, the machine is stopped by an
alarm.
A dummy block for preventing pre-reading such as G53 is necessary after
M417/M418.

[M417/M418 and block skip 1 ON/OFF]

Pallet on machine table M417 M418
No.1 OFF ON
No.2 ON OFF

No.0584J-1405EN 2-71
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M419 Machine Table Pallet Check End

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33

□ Program
M417;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M418;
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading
/___ ;
:
/___ ;
M419;

□ Explanation
Returns the status of block skip 1 to the setting that has been made on the main
control panel.
This is used together with M417 or M418.

M430 Pallet Seating Check

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J / E33 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
This M code is used to adjust the pallet seating check function.
M430 checks the seating condition of the pallet on the machine table. If seating
is not proper, a machine alarm occurs.
Normally seating is checked during the APC sequence, and there is no need to
specify this code in the program.

M433 BTS LS300 OFF Check

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Checks BTS circuit automatically.

M434 Tool Data BT Flag Check

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / T2 / T1

□ Explanation
The BT flag of the tool data is checked.

□ Program Example
M434 Tcc;(T:Tool No.)

2-72 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M435 ATCBTS Operation Mode Specified

□ Machine Type
MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81
/ a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
The operation mode of ATCBTS is specified.

□ Program Example
M435 Spp;(S1:Vibration Control)

M436 Signal Lamp 1 Unconditional ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Signal light 1 is turned on unconditionally.
Press [Light Off] switch to turn off this lamp.

Specification
M437 Signal Lamp 2 Unconditional ON
□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Signal light 2 is turned on unconditionally.
Press [Light Off] switch to turn off this lamp.

M441 Message Output Function

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the macro program for attachment changes.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-73
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M448 Tool Data Register Mode (Type1)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M448 S Tool Data Register Mode Data T Cutter No. ;
S Pot No. T Setting Data ;
:
S Pot No. T Setting Data ;
M448(M37,M30);

□ Explanation
Registers the desired tool data.
The magazine number is specified by M450 S__.
If M450 has not ever been specified, the magazine number is considered to be
1.
M448 S4 has the same function as M57.

Specify the tool data registration mode with S in the same block as where M448
is specified.
If M448 S0 is specified, or M448 is specified without S, the tool data registration
mode is turned off.
Specify the cutter number with T in the same block as where M448 is specified.
If M448 is specified without T, the cutter number is considered to be 1.
After the tool registration mode is turned on, the pot number is specified with S,
and the tool number is specified with T.

About tool data register mode and the setting data, please refer to the following
tool data register/setting data tables.

Tool Data Register Contents of Tool Data Setting Data (unit)

Mode Data
(M448S___)
3 Kind of Pot 0:BT
1:HSK
2:Adapter
4 Tool No.(PTN) (4 Digit PTN)0 to 9999
(8 Digit PTN)0 to 99999999
5 FTN (4 Digit FTN)0 to 9999
(8 Digit FTN)0 to 99999999
6 ITN (4 Digit ITN)0 to 9999
(8 Digit ITN)0 to 99999999
7 Priority 0 to 65535
(After setting, it is converted
into the optimum value)
9 Through Spindle 0:Disable/1:Enable
Enable
10 Through Spindle 0 to 99999[ms]
Coolant Suction Time
11 ATC Speed 0:High/1:Low/2:Middle
12 M60 Disable Flag 0:Disable/1:Enable
13 Prohibition 0:Disable/1:Enable
14 TL Alarm Prohibition 0:Disable/1:Enable
15 Sum of Cutter 1 to 6

2-74 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

16 Pot Size 0:Standard/1:Medium/2:Large/

3:Extra large/4:Small
17 Prohibit Rotation 0:Disable/1:Enable
18 Empty Pot 0:Disable/1:Enable
19 Irregular Shape 0:Disable/1:Enable
20 Commanded T Code (4 Digit PTN)0 to 9999
(8 Digit PTN)0 to 99999999
21 TLS Continuous 0:Disable/1:Enable
Search
22 B Axis Rotation 0:Disable/1:Enable
Prohibit
23 One Touch Prohibit 0:Disable/1:Enable
24 L Measurement 0:Disable/1:Enable/2:Complete
25 Tool Size 0:Standard/1:Medium/2:Large/
3:Extra large/4:Small
26 TSC Removal 0:Default Setting/1:Air
Discharge/2:Draw Back

Specification
28 Tool Length(Check) 0 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
29 Tool Diameter 0 to 9999999
(Radius)(Check) [0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
31 O Number 1 (4 Digit)0 to 9999
(8 Digit)0 to 99999999
32 O Number 2 (4 Digit)0 to 9999
(8 Digit)0 to 99999999
33 O Number 3 (4 Digit)0 to 9999
(8 Digit)0 to 99999999
34 TSC Frequency 0, Minimum Frequency to
Maximum Frequency [Hz]
Maximum Frequency:
Machine Parameter No. 7548
Minimum Frequency:
Machine Parameter No. 7549
38 TSC Frequency 0: Incomplete
Setting 1: Complete
2: Max
102 Kind 0:
1:Drill
2:Ball End Mill
3:End Mill
4:Boring Bar
5:Spring Tool 1
6:Spring Tool 2
7:Tapper
8:Reamer
9:Face Mill
10:Probe
11:Grinding Wheel
12:Dresser
14:Limited Tool
15:Air Turbine
16:NT Attachment
17:Angle head

No.0584J-1405EN 2-75
Specification of M Codes
Specification

103 Tool Length -9999999 to 9999999

(Geometry(H)) [0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
104 Tool Length -9999999 to 9999999
(Wear(H)) [0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
105 Tool Radius -9999999 to 9999999
(Geometry(D)) [0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
106 Tool Radius -9999999 to 9999999
(Wear(D)) [0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
107 TL[Time] 0:Disable/1:Enable
108 TL Alarm[Time] 0 to 99999999[0.1s]
109 TL Warning[Time] 0 to 99999999[0.1s]
110 TL Value[Time] -99999999 to 99999999[0.1s]
111 TL[Distance] 0:Disable/1:Enable
112 TL Alarm[Distance] 0 to 999999999[mm]/[0.1inch]
113 TL Warning[Distance] 0 to 999999999[mm]/[0.1inch]
114 TL Value[Distance] -999999999 to 999999999
[mm]/[0.1inch]
115 TL[Count] 0:Disable/1:Enable
116 TL Alarm[Count] 0 to 99999
117 TL Warning[Count] 0 to 99999
118 TL Value[Count] -99999 to 99999
119 SL Upper Limit 0 to 20000[0.01%]
120 SL Lower Limit 0 to 20000[0.01%]
121 AC 0 to 20000[0.01%]
122 Alarm BIT00=Tool Broken(Long)
BIT01=Tool Broken
BIT02=AC Monitor
BIT03=SL Monitor
BIT04=SL Monitor(non load)
BIT05=Tool Life
123 Warning BIT00=Tool Life
124 BTS 0:Disable/1:Enable
125 BTS Before 0 to 9999
126 BTS After 0 to 9999
127 BTS Length 0 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
128 Operator Call 0:Disable/1:Enable
129 First Used 0:Disable/1:Enable
130 Spindle Speed After 0 to 99999[min-1]
M6
131 Coolant After M6 0 to 255
132 Spindle Speed Limit 0 to 99999[min-1]
133 BTS Action Type 0:Regular Accuracy/1:Regular
Accuracy (Vibration Control)/
2:High Accuracy
134 Surface Speed Limit 0 to 9999
Value [0.01m/s]/[0.01inch/s]
137 H Standard -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]

2-76 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

□ Program Example
M448 S4; <-- Tool data registration mode ON.
S1 T1010; <-- Sets tool No.1010 to pot No.1.
S10 T1100; <-- Sets tool No.1100 to pot No.10.
S5 T1005; <-- Sets tool No.1005 to pot No.5.
M448 S5; <-- FTN registration mode.
S1 T1010; <-- Sets FTN1010 to pot No.1.
S10 T1100; <-- Sets FTN1100 to pot No.10.
S5 T1005; <-- Sets FTN1005 to pot No.5.
M448 S103 T1; <-- Tool length (Geometry) registration mode for
cutter No.1.
S1 T1010; <-- Sets tool length (Geometry) 0.1010 to cutter
No.1 of pot No.1.
S10 M54 T1100; <-- Sets tool length (Geometry) -0.1100 to cutter
No.1 of pot No.10.
S5 T1005; <-- Sets tool length (Geometry) 0.1005 to cutter
No.1 of pot No.5.

Specification
M448 S103 T2; <-- Tool length (Geometry) registration mode for
cutter No.2.
S1 T2010; <-- Sets tool length (Geometry) 0.2010 to cutter
No.2 of pot No.1.
S10 M54 T2100; <-- Sets tool length (Geometry) -0.2100 to cutter
No.2 of pot No.10.
S5 T2005; <-- Sets tool length (Geometry) 0.2005 to cutter
No.2 of pot No.5
M448; <-- Tool data registration mode OFF.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-77
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M449 Tool Data Register Mode (Type2)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M449 S Pot No. T Cutter No. ;
S Tool Data Register Mode T Setting Data ;
:
S Tool Data Register Mode T Setting Data ;
M449(M37,M30);

□ Explanation
Registers the desired tool data.
The magazine number is specified by M450 S__.
If M450 has not ever been specified, the magazine number is considered to be
1.

If M448 is used, specify the tool data registration mode at first, then specify the
pot number.
Oppositely, if M449 is used, specify the pot number at first, then specify the tool
data registration mode.
This M code is suitable for registering multiple kinds of data for the tool.

Specify the pot number with S in the same block as where M449 is specified.
If M449 S0 is specified, or M449 is specified without S, the tool data registration
mode is turned off.
Specify the cutter number with T in the same block as where M449 is specified.
If M449 is specified without T, the cutter number is considered to be 1.
After the tool registration mode is turned on, the kind of data is specified with S,
and the data is specified with T.

About the tool data register mode and the setting data, refer to the tool data
register/setting data tables in M448 explanation.

□ Program Example
M449 S1 T1; <-- Tool data registration mode for cutter No.1
of pot No.1
S4 T1010; <-- Sets 1010 to tool number.
S5 T1100; <-- Sets 1100 to FTN.
S103 T1005; <-- Sets 0.1005 to tool length (Geometry).
M449 S2 T3; <-- Tool data registration mode for cutter No.3
of pot No.2
S103 M54 T1010; <-- Sets -0.1010 to tool length (Geometry).
S104 T1100; <-- Sets 0.1100 to tool length (Wear).
S105 T1005; <-- Sets 0.1005 to tool radius (Geometry)
M449; <-- Tool data registration mode OFF.

2-78 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M450 Setting Tool Magazine No. used in Tool Data Registration Mode
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M450 S Tool Magazine No. ;

S0:Tool out Tool Magazine

S1:Tool Magazine No.1
S2:Tool Magazine No.2
:

□ Explanation
Sets the Tool magazine number.
Specify the Tool magazine number with S in the same block where M450 is
specified.
If M450 is specified without S, the Tool magazine number is set to 1.
The Tool magazine number is used by the tool data registration M codes (M448,
M449, M57, M94).
It is retained until NC is reset or until M450 is specified.

Specification
The Tool magazine number is set to 1 if the NC has been reset.

□ Program Example
M450 S0; <-- Magazine number is set to 0.
M448 S4; <-- Tool data registration mode for external tools.
S1 T1010; <-- Sets tool No.1010 to pot No.1.
S10 T1100; <-- Sets tool No.1100 to pot No.10.
S5 T1005; <-- Sets tool No.1005 to pot No.5.
M448; <-- Tool data registration mode OFF.
M450; <-- Magazine number is set to 1.
M448 S4; <-- Tool data registration mode for tools in magazine
No.1.
S1 T1010; <-- Sets tool No.1010 to pot No.1.
S10 T1100; <-- Sets tool No.1100 to pot No.10.
S5 T1005; <-- Sets tool No.1005 to pot No.5.
M448; <-- Tool data registration mode OFF.

M451 Tool Cutter No. Setting

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M451 S Cutter No. ;

□ Explanation
Specifies the cutter number of the spindle tool.
The cutter number specified by M451 is retained until M451 is specified or until
the ATC operation is completed.
The cutter number is set to 1 after the ATC operation.

□ Program Example
M450 S2; <-- Sets 2 to the cutter number of the spindle tool.
M56; <-- Transfers tool length and tool radius data of the cutter
No.2 to NC.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-79
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M455 Machining Signal OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
MCRUN signal is turned OFF for JIG Interface.

M456 Machining Signal ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
MCRUN signal is turned ON for JIG Interface.

M457 Spindle Speed Output to Macro

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used in tool measuring program.
Outputs spindle speed, rotate direction, amount of tool direction transformation
compensation, spindle real speed to custom macro variable #100-#103.

M460 Tool Run Out Measurement

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Measure tool run out of spindle.
Result of measurement is outputted to macro value #100.

#100=0: Abnormal, Machine Alarm

#100=1: Run Out OK
#100=2: Run Out NG
#100=3: Spindle tool not exist
#100=4: Measurement unit abnormal
#100=5: Speed is different from speed at registration
#100=6: Request measurement tool is not registered
#100=8: Sensor is abnormal

M461 Tool Run Out Measurement Base Data Registration

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Registration tool base data of spindle.
Result of measurement is outputted to macro value #100.

#100=0: Abnormal, Machine Alarm

#100=1: Registration complete
#100=3: Spindle tool not exist
#100=4: Measurement unit abnormal
#100=7: Sum of tool is over limit
#100=8: Sensor is abnormal

2-80 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M462 Pallet No. Output to Macro

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M462;
G53;

□ Explanation
Sends the number of the pallet loaded on the machine table to macro variable
#100.
In case the 4-face program automatic assignment function is provided, the face
number is also sent to #101. (However, the face number is not remained when
the machine is turned off. Therefore, the face number before the machine is
turned off cannot be sent.)
After M462, a dummy block for preventing pre-reading such as G53 must be
inserted before reading #100 or #101.

M463 Print-out Mode Output

Specification
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M464;
G53;
#100=#1032;
M463;

□ Explanation
This M code outputs the measuring function printout status.
Normally the measuring printout status has been output to custom macro #1000,
#1001 and #1032, however when M464, M465, M468, M474, M946 or M974 is
executed, this status becomes unstable temporarily.
This M code outputs the printout status again.

M464 Spindle Tool No. Output to Macro

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M464;
G53;
#100=#1032;
M463;

□ Explanation
The spindle tool number is output to custom macro #1032.
After reading #1032, specify M463 to output the measuring printout status again.
After sending M464 and before reading #1032, insert a dummy block for
preventing pre-reading such as G53.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-81
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M465 Spindle Tool No. 0 Output to Macro

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M465;
G53;
#100=#1032;
M463;

□ Explanation
The spindle tool number "0" is output to custom macro #1032.
After reading #1032, specify M463 to output the measuring printout status again.
After sending M465 and before reading #1032, insert a dummy block for
preventing pre-reading such as G53.

M466 Macro Variable (#100) Read

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The macro variable #100 value is read by machine side control.
This M code is used to specify the pallet number to be loaded before M608 for
an independent loading APM.
It is used to specify the position before M318 for external spindle orientation.

M468 Attachment No. Output to Macro (#100)

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Program
M468;
G53;
IF[#100 EQ 0] GOTO10;

□ Explanation
Used when MCC is provided with an attachment to output the attachment
number to macro variable #100.

For MCC
#100 = 0.0 ......No attachment
#100 = 13.0 ...... 25 Deg C axis attachment
#100 = 14.0 ......Extension attachment
#100 = 15.0 ...... 25 Deg manual attachment

2-82 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M469 TL Alarm Suspension Mode ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the TL alarm suspend mode when the workpiece automatic
measuring/re-machining function is to be performed.
In this mode, since an alarm is not triggered even when a tool life alarm occurs,
the tool for which compensation is performed by the re-machining function is
called when the next machining process is performed, and not the spare tool.
This mode is canceled by M2/M30 or the workpiece automatic
measuring/re-machining termination program (O9793).
In particular, when O9793 is executed to cancel the mode, the suspended alarm
is registered.

M470 Metallic Cutting Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

Specification
□ Explanation
Turn off metallic cutting mode.

M471 Metallic Cutting Mode ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Turn on metallic cutting mode.

M474 Next Tool No. Output to Macro

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M474;
G53;
#100=#1032;
M463;

□ Explanation
Writes the next tool number (specified by T) to custom macro variable #1032.
After reading #1032, specify M463 to restore the measuring function printout
status.
After specifying M474 and before reading #1032, insert a dummy block for
preventing pre-reading such as G53.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-83
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M480 Macro Variables Reading Request to MOS

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
When system mode is on, reading request of the macro variable value is sent to
the host computer. The read macro variables are decided by the host computer
side setting. Machine alarm occurs in the following cases.
- Machine does not communicate with the host computer.
- Reading the macro variables was not completed within 60[s].
When system mode is off, M480 is completed in no request to the host computer.

M483 Machine Data Output to Macro Variable

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
#100= Data Kind ;
#101= Data Detail 1 ;
#102= Data Detail 2 ;
#103= Data Detail 3 ;
#104= Data Detail 4 ;
#105= Data Detail 5 ;
#106= Data Detail 6 ;
#107= Data Detail 7 ;
#108= Data Detail 8 ;
#109= Data Detail 9 ;
M483;
G53; <-- Pre-Reading Prevention (Necessary when
M483 is not specified as not-buffered M code.)

□ Explanation
Outputs the values of mechanical data (tool data, work data, mechanical
parameters, mechanical condition, I/O signal condition, NC parameters,
diagnosis information, spindle monitoring data etc.) into macro variables.

After setting the type of required machine data with custom macro variable #100
to #109, specify M483.
The data is then output to macro variable #110.
When referring to the obtained data immediately after the M code, set the NC
parameter so that M483 is a non-buffered M code, or insert a G53 after the M
code to prevent pre-reading.

Set M483 to an empty NC parameter from No.3416 to No.3420 to specify M483

as a non-buffered M-code.

(1) Tool Data

Macro Variable Setting Value
#100 1.0(Tool Data)
#101 Pot No.
0.0 specifies spindle pot.
-1.0 specifies next pot.
Setting pot number specifies other pot.

2-84 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

#102 Kind of Data

Refer to the kind and setting value table for the tool data.
#103 Cutter No.
If empty, 1 is set.
#104 Tool Magazine No.
External Tool: 0.0
Other Tool: Tool Magazine No.
If empty, 1 is set.
#110 Output Data
Refer to the kind and setting value table for the tool data.

Kind and Setting Value Table for the Tool Data (Value are all integers.)
Data of #102 Kind of Tool Data Output Data of #110 (unit)
1 Magazine Number 0:External Magazine
1:The 1st Magazine
2:The 2nd Magazine
2 Pot Number 0 to Maximum Pot Number

Specification
3 Kind of Pot 0:BT
1:HSK
2:Adapter
4 Tool No.(PTN) (4 Digit PTN)0 to 9999
(8 Digit PTN)0 to 99999999
5 FTN (4 Digit FTN)0 to 9999
(8 Digit FTN)0 to 99999999
6 ITN (4 Digit ITN)0 to 9999
(8 Digit ITN)0 to 99999999
7 Priority 0 to 65535
9 Through Spindle Enable 0:Disable/1:Enable
10 Through Spindle Coolant 0 to 99999[ms]
Suction Time
11 ATC Speed 0:High/1:Low/2:Middle
12 M60 Disable Flag 0:Disable/1:Enable
13 Prohibition 0:Disable/1:Enable
14 TL Alarm Prohibition 0:Disable/1:Enable
15 Sum of Cutter 1 to 6
16 Pot Size 0:Standard/1:Medium/2:Large/
3:Extra large/4:Small/5:Extra
large 2
17 Prohibit Rotation 0:Disable/1:Enable
18 Empty Pot 0:Disable/1:Enable
19 Irregular Shape 0:Disable/1:Enable
20 Commanded T Code (4 Digit PTN)0 to 9999
(8 Digit PTN)0 to 99999999
21 TLS Continuous Search 0:Disable/1:Enable
22 B Axis Rotation Prohibit 0:Disable/1:Enable
23 One Touch Prohibit 0:Disable/1:Enable
24 L Measurement 0:Disable/1:Enable/2:Complete
25 Tool Size 0:Standard/1:Medium/2:Large/
3:Extra large/4:Small

No.0584J-1405EN 2-85
Specification of M Codes
Specification

26 TSC Removal 0:Default Setting/1:Air

Discharge/2:Draw Back
27 Exist on Mgz 0:Not Exist/1:Exist
28 Tool Length(Check) 0 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
29 Tool Diameter 0 to 9999999
(Radius)(Check) [0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
30 Inspected Flag 0:Disable/1:Enable
31 O Number 1 (4 Digit)0 to 9999
(8 Digit)0 to 99999999
32 O Number 2 (4 Digit)0 to 9999
(8 Digit)0 to 99999999
33 O Number 3 (4 Digit)0 to 9999
(8 Digit)0 to 99999999
34 TSC Frequency 0, Minimum Frequency to
Maximum Frequency [Hz]
Maximum Frequency:
Machine Parameter No. 7548
Minimum Frequency:
Machine Parameter No. 7549
35 TSC Flow Check 0:Disable/1:Enable
36 Radial Max. Load 0 to 65535[N]
37 Axial Max. Load 0 to 65535[N]
38 TSC Frequency Setting 0:Incomplete/1:Complete/2:Max
39 Controlled Point (X) -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
40 Controlled Point (Y) -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
41 Controlled Point (Z) -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
42 Tool Vector (X) -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
43 Tool Vector (Y) -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
44 Tool Vector (Z) -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
45 Ret Prohibit at Power 0:Does not prohibit;1:Prohibit
Failure
46 Sister Tool Status 0:New/1:Wait/2:OK/3:NOK
47 Tool MGZ Vibration 0:Disable/1:Enable
Control
49 Multi Purpose Flag 0 to 255
101 Cutter Number 1 to 6
102 Kind 0:
1:Drill
2:Ball End Mill
3:End Mill
4:Boring Bar
5:Spring Tool 1
6:Spring Tool 2
7:Tapper

2-86 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

8:Reamer
9:Face Mill
10:Probe
11:Grinding Wheel
12:Dresser
14:Limited Tool
15:Air Turbine
16:NT Attachment
17:Angle head
103 Tool Length -9999999 to 9999999
(Geometry(H)) [0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
104 Tool Length(Wear(H)) -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
105 Tool Radius -9999999 to 9999999
(Geometry(D)) [0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
106 Tool Radius(Wear(D)) -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
107 TL[Time] 0:Disable/1:Enable
108 TL Alarm[Time] 0 to 99999999[0.1s]

Specification
109 TL Warning[Time] 0 to 99999999[0.1s]
110 TL Value[Time] -99999999 to 99999999[0.1s]
111 TL[Distance] 0:Disable/1:Enable
112 TL Alarm[Distance] 0 to 999999999[mm]/[0.1inch]
113 TL Warning[Distance] 0 to 999999999[mm]/[0.1inch]
114 TL Value[Distance] -999999999 to 999999999
[mm]/[0.1inch]
115 TL[Count] 0:Disable/1:Enable
116 TL Alarm[Count] 0 to 99999
117 TL Warning[Count] 0 to 99999
118 TL Value[Count] -99999 to 99999
119 SL Upper Limit 0 to 20000[0.01%]
120 SL Lower Limit 0 to 20000[0.01%]
121 AC 0 to 20000[0.01%]
122 Alarm BIT00=Tool Broken(Long)
BIT01=Tool Broken
BIT02=AC Monitor
BIT03=SL Monitor
BIT04=SL Monitor(non load)
BIT05=Tool Life
123 Warning BIT00=Tool Life
124 BTS 0:Disable/1:Enable
125 BTS Before 0 to 9999
126 BTS After 0 to 9999
127 BTS Length 0 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
128 Operator Call 0:Disable/1:Enable
129 First Used 0:Disable/1:Enable
130 Spindle Speed After M6 0 to 99999[min-1]
131 Coolant After M6 0 to 255
132 Spindle Speed Limit 0 to 99999[min-1]

No.0584J-1405EN 2-87
Specification of M Codes
Specification

133 BTS Action Type 0:Regular Accuracy/1:Regular

Accuracy (Vibration Control)/
2:High Accuracy
134 Surface Speed Limit 0 to 9999[0.01m/s]/[0.01inch/s]
Value
137 H Standard -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
138 Tooth 0 to 255
139 Corner R(Geometry) -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
140 Corner R(Wear) -9999999 to 9999999
[0.0001mm]/[0.00001inch]
141 Radial Max. Load 0 to 65535
142 Axial Max. Load 0 to 65535

(2) Work Data

Macro Variable Setting Data
#100 2.0(Work Data)
#101 Table Pallet : 0.0
Pallet on Buffer 1 : -1.0
Pallet on Buffer 2 : -2.0
Pallet on Carrier : -3.0
Pallet on WSS1 : -4.0
Pallet on WSS2 : -5.0
Other pallet : Pallet No.
#102 0 Deg Face : 1.0
90 Deg Face : 2.0
180 Deg Face : 3.0
270 Deg Face : 4.0
If empty, 1 is set.
#103 Kind of Work Data
Refer to the kind and setting value table for the work data.
#110 Output Data
Refer to the kind and setting value table for the work data.

Kind and the Setting Value Table for the Work Data (Values are all integers.)
Data of #103 Kind of Work Data Output Data of #110[unit]
1 Pallet No. 0 to 65535
3 Priority 0 to 65535
5 Express 0:OFF/1:ON
6 Index Face No. 0 to 255
20 Pallet Alarm 0 to 65535
25 WHP Trans. Limit 0:None/1:Angle Plate/2:RWH
26 Level 0 to 4
27 Cluster Pos. 0 to 6
28 On Rack 0:Emptiness/1:Existence
31 IAC Auto Measurement 0:Disable/1:Enable
103 Ready 0:OFF/1:ON
104 Suspend 0:OFF/1:ON

2-88 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

105 Fin Status 0 to 5

106 Program No. (4 Digit)0 to 9999
(8 Digit)0 to 99999999
107 Work Offset(X Axis) -99999999 to 99999999
108 Work Offset(Y Axis) -99999999 to 99999999
109 Work Offset(Z Axis) -99999999 to 99999999
110 Index Angle 0 to 3599999
111 Block Skip 0 to 255
115 Alarm BIT00=Pre Tool Check
BIT01=Tool Broken(Long)
BIT02=Tool Broken
BIT03=AC Monitor
BIT04=SL Monitor
BIT05=SL Monitor(no load)
BIT06=Tool Life
BIT07=No Spare Tool
BIT08=No NC Program
BIT09=Pallet Seating Failure

Specification
BIT10=Measuring Failure
116 O No. at Alarm (4 Digit)0 to 9999
(8 Digit)0 to 99999999
117 N No. at Alarm 0 to 99999
118 Spindle Tool No. at Alarm (4 Digit PTN)0 to 9999
(8 Digit PTN)0 to 99999999

(3) Machine Parameter

Macro Variable Setting Value
#100 3.0(Machine Parameter)
#101 Machine Parameter No.
#110 Output Data (Internal Setting Data)

(4)Machine Condition
Macro Variable Setting Value
#100 4.0(Machine Condition)
#101 Kind of Machine Condition
Refer to the kind and setting value table for the machine
condition.
#110 Output Data
Refer to the kind and setting value table for the machine
condition.
#111 Output Data
Refer to the kind and setting value table for the machine
condition.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-89
Specification of M Codes
Specification

Kind and Setting Value Table for the Machine Condition (Value are all integers.)
Data of Kind of Machine Output Data of #110[unit] Output Data
#101 Condition of #111[unit]
0 The state of spindle 1.For a/A-Series, D-Series, No Output
warm-up and MCC/MCD Series
0:Warmup is necessary
1:Warmup is unnecessary
2.For MAG3 Series
0:Warmup is necessary
(Condition1)
1:Warmup is unnecessary
2:Warmup is necessary
(Condition2)
3:Warmup is necessary
(Condition3)
1 Last commanded S 0 to 99999[min-1] No Output
code
2 M06 skip flag 0:Does not skip M06 No Output
1:Skip M06
3 Spindle Load and Load:0 to 655.35[%] Actual speed:
Actual speed 0 to 99999
[min-1]
4 The state of spindle 0:Incomplete No Output
oil air filling up 1:Complete
5 Table Temperature Table Temperature No Output
(Thermal Chamber
Monitoring Function)
[0.1deg]
6 Bed Temperature Bed Temperature (Thermal No Output
Chamber Monitoring
Function) [0.1deg]
7 Outside Air Outside Air Temperature No Output
Temperature (Thermal Chamber
Monitoring Function)
[0.1deg]
8 CH4 Temperature CH4 Temperature (Thermal No Output
Chamber Monitoring
Function) [0.1deg]
9 CH5 Temperature CH5 Temperature (Thermal No Output
Chamber Monitoring
Function) [0.1deg]
10 CH6 Temperature CH6 Temperature (Thermal No Output
Chamber Monitoring
Function) [0.1deg]
11 CH7 Temperature CH7 Temperature (Thermal No Output
Chamber Monitoring
Function) [0.1deg]
12 CH8 Temperature CH8 Temperature (Thermal No Output
Chamber Monitoring
Function) [0.1deg]
13 The state of table 0:Incomplete
oil air supply 1:Complete

2-90 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

300 APC arm (turn type) 0:Undecided No Output

1:CW
2:CCW
600 On-duty time 0:Off-duty time No Output
1:On-duty time

(5)Input/Output Signal condition

Macro Variable Setting Value
#100 5.0(Input/Output Signal Condition)
#101 Address Type
0:G Address
1:F Address
2:Y Address
3:X Address
100:V Address
#102 Address
#103 Size
0:Bit (Result is 0:OFF,1:ON)

Specification
1:Byte (1 byte without sign)
2:Word (2 bytes without sign)
4:Long (4 bytes with sign)
#104 Bit number (If size is 0 (Bit), input this item)
#110 Output Data

(6)NC Parameter
Macro Variable Setting Value
#100 6.0(NC Parameter)
#101 NC Parameter Number
#102 Axis/Spindle Number (If type is axis or spindle, input this
item.)
1.Axis type
1 to max axis number.
0.0 or empty is alarm.
2.Spindle type (Only FS30i/FS31i series)
1 to max spindle number.
0.0 or empty is set first spindle.
#103 Bit Number (If type is bit, input this item.)
0 to 7:Output each bit.
8:Output all bits.
#104 Path Number (Only FS30i/FS31i series)
0.0 or empty is set first path.
#110 Output Data

No.0584J-1405EN 2-91
Specification of M Codes
Specification

(7)Diagnose Data
Macro Variable Setting Value
#100 7.0(Diagnose Data)
#101 Diagnose Number
#102 Axis/Spindle Number (If type is axis or spindle, input this
item.)
1.Axis type
1 to max axis number.
0.0 or empty is alarm.
2.Spindle type (Only FS30i/FS31i series)
1 to max spindle number.
0.0 or empty is set first spindle.
#103 Bit Number (If type is bit, input this item.)
0 to 7:Output each bit.
8:Output all bits.
#104 Path Number (Only FS30i/FS31i series)
0.0 or empty is set first path.
#110 Output Data

(8)MAG Spindle Data (MAG series only.)

Macro Variable Setting Value
#100 8.0(MAG Spindle Data)
#101 Data Number
0: Spindle coil temperature
1: Front bearing temperature
2: Rear bearing temperature
3: Vibration Data 1
4: Vibration Data 2
5: Vibration Data 3
#110 Output Data

(9)Attachment Data
Macro Variable Setting Value
#100 9.0(Attachment Data)
#101 Attachment Number
#102 Data Kind
0: Stocker Number
1: Max Rotation Speed
2: Rotation Direction
4: Speed Ratio
5: Y axis position when attachment is changed
#110 Output Data

(10)Function Button Condition

Macro Variable Setting Value
#100 10.0(Function Button Condition)
#101 Function Number
#110 Output Data
0: OFF
1: ON
2: Blink

2-92 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

□ Program Example
1. Tool Data

(1) When remaining life of spindle tool is output:

#100=1.; <-- Tool data output command.
#101=0.; <-- Selects the spindle tool.
#102=110.; <-- Selects tool life data (Time).
M483; <-- Tool life data (Time) is output.
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

(2) When tool length data of next tool is output:

#100=1.; <-- Tool data output command.
#101=-1.; <-- Selects next tool.
#102=103.; <-- Selects tool length data (Geometry(H)).
M483; <-- Tool length data (Geometry(H)) is output.
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

Specification
(3) When SL data (Upper Limit) of cutter No.2 of 1st. Pot is output:
#100=1.; <-- Tool data output command.
#101=1.; <-- Selects pot No.1.
#102=119.; <-- Selects SL data (Upper Limit).
#103=2.; <-- Selects cutter No.2.
M483; <-- SL data of cutter No.2 of 1st. Pot is output.
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

(4) Outputs alarm data, and executes a process if an alarm had been given.
#100=1.; <-- Tool data output command.
#101=1.; <-- Selects pot No.1.
#102=122.; <-- Selects alarm data.
#103=2.; <-- Selects cutter No.2.
M483; <-- Alarm data is output.
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.
#111=32.; <-- Sets 32. Because TL alarm flag is 5th bit.
#112=#110 <-- Executes
AND #111; AND operation at #110 and #111 to extract 5th bit.
IF[#112NE#111]GOTO1
N1 <-- (Codes executed if TL alarm had been given.)

2. Work Data

(1) When program number of a pallet on the table is output:

#100=2.; <-- Work data output command.
#101=0.; <-- Selects a pallet on the table.
#102=1.; <-- Selects 0 Deg face.
#103=106.; <-- Selects program number data.
M483; <-- Program number of a pallet on the table is output.
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-93
Specification of M Codes
Specification

(2) When ready of pallet No.2 is output:

#100=2.; <-- Work data output command.
#101=2.; <-- Selects pallet No.2.
#102=2.; <-- Selects 90 Deg face.
#103=103.; <-- Selects ready data.
M483; <-- Ready of pallet No.2 is output.
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

3. Machine Parameter.

#100=3.; <-- Machine parameter output command.

#101=1000.; <-- Selects the machine parameter No.1000.
M483; <-- The machine parameter No.1000 is output.
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

4. Machine Condition.

(1) When state of spindle warming up is output:

#100=4.; <-- Machine condition output command.
#101=0.; <-- Selects the state of spindle warming up.
M483; <-- The state of spindle warming up is output.
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

(2) When last commanded S code is output:

#100=4.; <-- Machine condition output command.
#101=1.; <-- Selects last commanded S code.
M483; <-- Last commanded S code is output.
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

5. Input/Output Signal Condition

(1) When condition of X0015 Bit4 is output:

#100=5.; <-- Input/output condition output command
#101=3.; <-- Select X address
#102=15.; <-- Select address 15
#103=0.; <-- Select Size=Bit
#104=4.; <-- Select Bit address 4
M483; <-- Condition of X0015 bit 4 is output
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

(2) When condition of G0015 - G0016 is output by Word:

#100=5.; <-- Input/output condition output command
#101=0.; <-- Select G address
#102=15.; <-- Select address 15
#103=2.; <-- Select size=WORD
M483; <-- Condition of G0015 -G0016 is output by WORD
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

2-94 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

6. NC Parameter

(1) When first path for byte type parameter No.103 is output:
#100=6.; <-- NC parameter output command
#101=103.; <-- Select NC parameter number
#104=1.; <-- Select path number
M483; <-- First path is output
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

(2) When all bits of second axis at first path for bit axis type parameter No.1005
is output:
#100=6.; <-- NC parameter output command
#101=1005.; <-- Select NC parameter number
#102=2.; <-- Select axis number
#103=8.; <-- Select bit number
#104=1.; <-- Select path number
M483; <-- All bits of second axis at first path is output

Specification
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

(3) When first axis at second path for byte axis type parameter No.1020 is
output:
#100=6.; <-- NC parameter output command
#101=1020.; <-- Select NC parameter number
#102=1.; <-- Select axis number
#104=2.; <-- Select path number
M483; <-- First axis at second path is output
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

7. Diagnose Data

(1) When first path for byte type data No.704 is output:
#100=7.; <-- Diagnose Data output command
#101=704.; <-- Select Diagnose number
#104=1.; <-- Select path number
M483; <-- First path is output
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

(2) When all bits of second axis at first path for bit axis type data No.206 is
output:
#100=7.; <-- Diagnose Data output command
#101=206.; <-- Select Diagnose number
#102=2.; <-- Select axis number
#103=8.; <-- Select bit number (All bits)
#104=1.; <-- Select path number
M483; <-- All bits of second axis at first path is output
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-95
Specification of M Codes
Specification

(3) When first axis at second path for byte axis type data No.300 is output:
#100=7.; <-- Diagnose Data output command
#101=300.; <-- Select Diagnose Data number
#102=1.; <-- Select axis number
#104=2.; <-- Select path number
M483; <-- First axis at second path is output
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

8. MAG Spindle Data

(1) When temperature data of front bearing is output:

#100=8.; <-- MAG Spindle Data output command
#101=1.; <-- Select Data number
M483; <-- Temperature data of front bearing is output
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

9. Attachment Data

(1) When rotation direction of attachment No.3 is output:

#100=9.; <-- Attachment Data output command
#101=3.; <-- Attachment number
#102=2.; <-- Attachment data kind
M483; <-- Attachment data is output
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

10. Function Button Condition

(1) When Machine Light (Function Number 25) condition is output:

#100=10.; <-- Function Button Condition output command
#101=25.; <-- Function number
M483; <-- Function Button Condition is output
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.

M486 Tailstock Retract

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7
/ BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92

□ Explanation
Retracts tailstock.

2-96 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M487 Tailstock Advance

□ Explanation
Advances tailstock.

M488 Tailstock Position Retract

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Retracts tailstock position.

M489 Tailstock Position Advance

□ Machine Type

Specification
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Advances tailstock position.

M492 First Use Check Request

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Check spindle tool life data and output WCHKRQ signal to Robot interface or
CHKREQ signal to JIG interface.

M500 Washing Robot Start

□ Machine Type
MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Washing Robot starts.

□ Program Example
M500 S_;
(S instruction is program number of Robot)

M501 Washing Robot Stop

□ Machine Type
MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Washing Robot stops.

□ Program Example
M501

No.0584J-1405EN 2-97
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M502 Washing Robot Forced End

□ Machine Type
MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Washing Robot forced end.

□ Program Example
M502

M503 Washing Robot Reference Position Confirmation

□ Machine Type
MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Confirm Washing Robot is in reference position.

□ Program Example
M503

M504 Washing Robot Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Turn OFF of Washing Robot Coolant.

□ Program Example
M504

M505 Washing Robot Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Turn ON of Washing Robot Coolant.

□ Program Example
M505

M507 Open ATC Shutter and Start Next Block before Shutter is Fully Open
□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX /
a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1
/ A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Opens ATC shutter without waiting for DEN and returns FIN immediately.

M510 Table Side JIG Neutral

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Set Table side JIG to neautral

2-98 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M511 Table Side JIG Unclamp

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Set Table side JIG to unclamp

M512 Table Side JIG Clamp

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Set Table side JIG to clamp

M513 Table Side Work Seating Confirm

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /

Specification
a92

□ Explanation
Confirm Work Seating on Table Side

M520 Work Unclamp

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Unclamp Work

M521 Work Clamp

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Clamp Work

M530 M Code for JIG Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used to control the JIG interface.

M531 M Code for JIG Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used to control the JIG interface.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-99
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M532 M Code for JIG Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used to control the JIG interface.

M533 M Code for JIG Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used to control the JIG interface.

M534 M Code for JIG Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used to control the JIG interface.

M535 M Code for JIG Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used to control the JIG interface.

M536 M Code for JIG Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used to control the JIG interface.

M537 M Code for JIG Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used to control the JIG interface.

M538 M Code for JIG Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used to control the JIG interface.

2-100 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M539 M Code for JIG Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used to control the JIG interface.

M548 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / H2J / E33

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M549 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /

Specification
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / H2J / E33

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M550 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / H2J / E33

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M551 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / H2J / E33

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M552 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 /
D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / H2J / E33

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M553 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 /
D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / H2J / E33

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-101
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M554 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M555 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M556 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010 / a51 / a51nx / G5 /
a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M557 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V33hyper / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82
/ a81nx / a92

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M558 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V22 / Ga2 / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82
/ a81nx / a92

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M559 M Code for ATC

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

2-102 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M580 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M580;

□ Explanation
UMDO1(USDO1) signal of special user I/O interface is turned off.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M581 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M581;

Specification
□ Explanation
UMDO1(USDO1) signal of special user I/O interface is turned on.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M582 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M582;

□ Explanation
UMDO2(USDO2) signal of special user I/O interface is turned off.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M583 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M583;

□ Explanation
UMDO2(USDO2) signal of special user I/O interface is turned on.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-103
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M584 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M584;

□ Explanation
UMDO3(USDO3) signal of special user I/O interface is turned off.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M585 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M585;

□ Explanation
UMDO3(USDO3) signal of special user I/O interface is turned on.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M586 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M586;

□ Explanation
UMDO4(USDO4) signal of special user I/O interface is turned off.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M587 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M587;

□ Explanation
UMDO4(USDO4) signal of special user I/O interface is turned on.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

2-104 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M588 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M588;

□ Explanation
UMDO5(USDO5) signal of special user I/O interface is turned off.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M589 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M589;

Specification
□ Explanation
UMDO5(USDO5) signal of special user I/O interface is turned on.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M590 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M590;

□ Explanation
UMDO6(USDO6) signal of special user I/O interface is turned off.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M591 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M591;

□ Explanation
UMDO6(USDO6) signal of special user I/O interface is turned on.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-105
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M592 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M592;

□ Explanation
UMDO7(USDO7) signal of special user I/O interface is turned off.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M593 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M593;

□ Explanation
UMDO7(USDO7) signal of special user I/O interface is turned on.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M594 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M594;

□ Explanation
UMDO8(USDO8) signal of special user I/O interface is turned off.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M595 M Code for Special User I/O Interface

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Program
M595;

□ Explanation
UMDO8(USDO8) signal of special user I/O interface is turned on.
Other output signals in the same group are turned off.

M600 Internal use M code (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

2-106 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M601 Internal use M code (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M602 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M603 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation

Specification
The customer cannot use it.

M604 Work Chuck Clamp

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 /
T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Clamp work chuck.
Specify the work chuck number with S in the same block as where M604 is
specified.
If M604 S0 is specified, 604 S1 is specified, or 604 is specified without S, the
No.1 work chuck clamp.

M605 Work Chuck Unclamp

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 /
T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Unclamp work chuck.
Specify the work chuck number with S in the same block as where M605 is
specified.
If M605 S0 is specified, 605 S1 is specified, or 605 is specified without S, the
No.1 work chuck unclamp.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-107
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M606 WSS Pallet (Workpiece) Loading

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 /
a81nx / a92 / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / T2

□ Program
M606 S Pallet (Work) Number T WSS Number

□ Explanation
Pallet in the stocker specified by S is transported to WSS specified by T.
When T is omitted, WSS1 is selected.

□ Program Example
M606 S1;

M606 WSS Pallet (Workpiece) Loading

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5

□ Program
1. For AW C
M606 S Pallet (Work) Number ;

2.For pallet magazine

M606 S Pallet (Work) Number T WSS Number

□ Explanation
1. For AW C
Workpiece in the AWC magazine specified by S is transported to WSS.

2.For pallet magazine

Pallet in the stocker specified by S is transported to WSS specified by T.
When T is omitted, WSS1 is selected.

□ Program Example
M606 S1;

M607 WSS Pallet (Workpiece) Unloading

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 /
a81nx / a92 / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / T2

□ Program
M607 T WSS Number ;

□ Explanation
Pallet on WSS specified by T is returned to the stocker.
When T is omitted, WSS1 is selected.

□ Program Example
M607;

2-108 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M607 WSS Pallet (Workpiece) Unloading

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5

□ Program
1. For AW C
M607;

2. Pallet magazine
M607 T WSS Number ;

□ Explanation
1. For AW C
Workpiece on WSS is returned to the AWC magazine.

2. Pallet magazine
Pallet on WSS specified by T is returned to the stocker.
When T is omitted, WSS1 is selected.

□ Program Example

Specification
M607;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-109
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M608 Individual Pallet Loading

□ Machine Type
D500 / D800Z

□ Program
(1)Loads ready-pallet:
M608;
G91G28Z0.;
G91G28A0.M13;
M12;
G90G53Y-400.; (Set Y-15.748 at inch specification)
G91G30X0.;
G91G30C0.M11;
M10;
M60;

(2)Loads specified pallet.

#100=____ ;
M466;
M608;
G91G28Z0.;
G91G28A0.M13;
M12;
G90G53Y-400.; (Input Y-15.748 at inch specification)
G91G30X0.;
G91G30C0.M11;
M10;
M60;

□ Explanation
(1)Loads ready-pallet:
Loads the pallet ready to the machine buffer.
There is no pallet to which ready has been turned on. In that case, lifter is
moved in front of the machine buffer (preparation for unloading).

(2)Loads specified pallet.

Set the pallet number to the macro variable #100, and command M466.
You can select by setting of the machine parameter No.8069 whether to stop the
machine with an alarm or not, if specified pallet isn't ready or the machine
reserve mode is ON.
(0:Stop with alarm/ 1:Not stop with alarm)
The pallet number for macro variable #100 must be with decimal point.
(Example: #100=1.0)
The specified pallet number is 0. In that case, lifter is moved in front of the
machine buffer (preparation for unloading).

(3)In the case of D500 micro MMC

If WHP exists on machine table at M608 commanded, WHP on machine table is
unloaded befor WHP is loaded to machine table.

M608 Individual Pallet Loading

□ Machine Type
V33 / V33i / V56i / V77 / GF

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the one-touch function DNC program to indicate starting
of the function.

2-110 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M608 Individual Pallet Loading

□ Machine Type
V56

□ Explanation
1. Pallet changer
This M code is used in the one-touch function DNC program to indicate starting
of the function.

2. Pallet magazine
(1)Loads ready-pallet:
:
G91 G30 P3 Z0;
G91 G30 P3 X0 Y0;
M608;
:

Loads the pallet ready to the machine table.

(2)Loads specified pallet.

Specification
:
G91 G30 P3 Z0;
G91 G30 P3 X0 Y0;
#100=____ ;
M466;
M608;
:

Set the pallet number to the macro variable #100, and command M466. You can
select by setting of the machine parameter No.8069 whether to stop the machine
with an alarm or not, if specified pallet isn't ready or the machine reserve mode
is ON. (0:Stop with alarm/ 1:Not stop with alarm) The pallet number for macro
variable #100 must be with decimal point. (Example: #100=1.0)

No.0584J-1405EN 2-111
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M608 Individual Pallet Loading

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / T2

□ Explanation
(1)Loads ready-pallet:
:
M608;
G91 G30 Z0;
G91 G30 X0 Y0;
G91 G30 B0 M11;
M10;
M60;
:

Loads the pallet ready to the machine buffer.

There is no pallet to which ready has been turned on. In that case, lifter is
moved in front of the machine buffer (preparation for unloading).

(2)Loads specified pallet.

:
#100=____ ;
M466;
M608;
G91 G30 Z0;
G91 G30 X0 Y0;
G91 G30 B0 M11;
M10;
M60;
:

Set the pallet number to the macro variable #100, and command M466. You can
select by setting of the machine parameter No.8069 whether to stop the machine
with an alarm or not, if specified pallet isn't ready or the machine reserve mode
is ON. (0:Stop with alarm/ 1:Not stop with alarm)
The pallet number for macro variable #100 must be with decimal point (Example:
#100=1.0)
The specified pallet number is 0. In that case, lifter is moved in front of the
machine buffer (preparation for unloading).

2-112 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M608 Individual Pallet Loading

□ Machine Type
A66E-5XD

□ Explanation
For Pallet magazine
This M code is used at loads specified pallet.
:
#100=____ ;
M466;
M608;
:

Set the pallet number to the macro variable #100, and command M466. You can
select by setting of the machine parameter No.8069 whether to stop the machine
with an alarm or not, if specified pallet isn't ready or the machine reserve mode
is ON. (0:Stop with alarm/ 1:Not stop with alarm)
The pallet number for macro variable #100 must be with decimal point.
(Example: #100=1.0)

Specification

No.0584J-1405EN 2-113
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M608 Individual Pallet Loading

□ Machine Type
D300

□ Program
(1)Loads ready-pallet:
G91G28Z0.;
G91G28A0.M13;
M12;
G90G00G53Y250. ; (Set Y9.842 at inch specification)
G90G00G53C-90.M11;
M10;
M608;

(2)Loads specified pallet.

G91G28Z0.;
G91G28A0.M13;
M12;
G90G00G53Y250. ; (Set Y9.842 at inch specification)
G90G00G53C-90.M11;
M10;
#100=____ ;
M466;
M608;

□ Explanation
(1)Loads ready-pallet:
Loads the pallet ready to the machine table.
There is no pallet to which ready has been turned on. In that case, lifter is
moved in front of the machine table (preparation for unloading).

(2)Loads specified pallet.

M609 Individual Pallet Unloading

□ Machine Type
D500 / D800Z / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 /
a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / T2

□ Program
M609;

□ Explanation
Pallet on the machine buffer is returned to the magazine stocker.
Nothing is done when there is no pallet in the machine buffer.

In the case of D500 micro MMC, WHP on the machine table is returned to the
WHP stocker.

2-114 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M609 Individual Pallet Unloading

□ Machine Type
V33 / V33i / V56i / V77 / GF

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the one-touch function DNC program to unload the pallet.

M609 Individual Pallet Unloading

□ Machine Type
V56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
1:Pallet changer
This M code is used in the one-touch function DNC program to unload the pallet.

2:Pallet magazine
:
G91 G30 P3 Z0;
G91 G30 P3 X0 Y0;
M609;

Specification
:

Pallet on the machine table is returned to the stocker.

M609 Individual Pallet Unloading

□ Machine Type
D300

□ Program
G91G28Z0.;
G91G28A0.M13;
M12;
G90G00G53Y250. ; (Set Y9.842 at inch specification)
G90G00G53C-90.M11;
M10;
M609;

□ Explanation
Pallet on the machine table is returned to the magazine stocker.
Nothing is done when there is no pallet in the machine table.

M610 Step Retract

□ Machine Type
MCD5XS / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Retracts Step(Lift)

M610 AAC Step Retract

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD

□ Explanation
Retracts the step for operator, which is used to mount or dismount an
attachment to the spindle, if the machine has a semi-automatic attachment
changer.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-115
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M611 Step Advance

□ Machine Type
MCD5XS / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Advances Step(Down)

M611 AAC Step Advance

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD

□ Explanation
Advances the step for operator, which is used to mount or dismount an
attachment to the spindle, if the machine has a semi-automatic attachment
changer.

M612 Workpiece Change

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Program
W Work Number ;
M612;

□ Explanation
Exchanges workpiece on AWC stocker with workpiece on table.

□ Program Example
W1;
G91 G30 P3 Z0;
G91 G30 P3 X0 Y0;
M612;

M612 Workpiece Change

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Program
W Work Number ;
M612;

□ Explanation
Exchanges workpiece on the AWC arm (WPM sub arm) with workpiece on
machine table.

□ Program Example
W1;
G91 G30 Z0.;
G91 G30 B0. M11;
M10;
G91 G30 C0. M13;
M12;
M612;

2-116 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M613 Workpiece Unload

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Program
M613;

□ Explanation
Moves workpiece from table to AWC stocker.

□ Program Example
G91 G30 P3 Z0;
G91 G30 P3 X0 Y0;
M613;

M614 Workpiece Load

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

Specification
□ Program
W Work Number ;
M614;

□ Explanation
Moves workpiece from AWC stocker to table.

□ Program Example
W1;
G91 G30 P3 Z0;
G91 G30 P3 X0 Y0;
M613;
M614;

M620 Travel Limit Valid

□ Machine Type
V22 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J / a51 / a51nx /
G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 /
A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Turns on the stroke limit mode. The stroke limit mode is turned on automatically
after the emergency stop status is released or the machine power is turned on or
after the NC unit is reset.

M621 Travel Limit Invalid

□ Machine Type
V22 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J / a51 / a51nx /
G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 /
A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Stroke limit is ignored temporarily.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-117
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M624 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M630 Axis Retract Position at ATC

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Program
M630 S Z Axis Position ;

□ Explanation
Indicate the escape range between spindle and work (Z axis) to tool change.
If Z axis is in range of -xxx[mm] to 0[mm] when M630Sxxx is performed, tool
change is possible.

M631 Change Workpiece Selection Command

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1

□ Program
M631 S Work Number ;

□ Explanation
The function is the same as W command.
Workpiece in the AWC magazine specified by S is moved to the AWC arm.
This M code is immediately completed without waiting for the completion of the
operation.

□ Program Example
M631 S1;

M631 AWC Index Work Selection Command

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Program
M631 S Work Number ;

□ Explanation
Select work that loaded by load command.

□ Program Example
M631 S1;

2-118 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M632 AWC index

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Index demand is transmitted to AWC

□ Program Example
W1;(No.1)
M612;

M633 Auto Front Door Close

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Close front door.

Specification
M634 Auto Front Door Open
□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Open front door.

M635 ATC Prohibition Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Releases prohibition of the execution of ATC set by M636

M636 ATC Prohibition Mode ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Prohibits execution of ATC operations

M638 ATC Shutter Close

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V22 / H2J / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Closes ATC shutter.

M638 ATC Shutter / Cover Close

□ Machine Type
V22

□ Explanation
Closes ATC shutter / cover.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-119
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M639 ATC Shutter Open

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V22 / H2J / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Opens ATC shutter.

M639 ATC Shutter / Cover Open

□ Machine Type
V22

□ Explanation
Opens ATC shutter / cover.

M640 Air Cut Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010 / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Turns off air cut mode.

M641 Air Cut Mode ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010 / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Turns on air cut mode.

M642 Program Number Notice

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Write program number to macro variable #100 after get program number from
the robot.

M643 Machining Workpiece Confirm

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Writes whether or not machining workpiece is exist to macro variable #100.
#100=0 (Does not exist machining workpiece)
#100=1 (Exists machining workpiece)

M644 Open APC Shutter and Start Next Block before Shutter is Fully Open
□ Machine Type
a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50

□ Explanation
Opens APC shutter without waiting for DEN and returns FIN immediately.

2-120 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M661 ATC & B Axis Simultaneous Operation

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 /
a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / S33 / S56 /
F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Program
G91 G28 Z0;
G28 Y0 M661;
M11;
G90 G01 B___ F___;
M10;
M662;
:

□ Explanation
[M code for decreasing machining time]
Specifies tool change internally without waiting for DEN signal, and returns FIN
signal immediately.
End of tool change is checked by M662.

Specification
Do not command any code excepting M10/M11, between the
M661 and M662.
M661 must be used together with M662.

M662 ATC & B Axis Simultaneous Operation End Check

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 /
a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / S33 / S56 /
F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Program
G91 G28 Z0;
G28 Y0 M661;
M11;
G90 G01 B___ F___;
M10;
M662;
:

□ Explanation
Checks completion of tool change specified by M661.

Do not command any code excepting M10/M11, between the

M661 and M662.
M661 must be used together with M662.

M663 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1

□ Machine Type
D300 / D800Z

□ Program
M666;

□ Explanation
Exchanges the spindle tool with the tool in Tool magazine indexed at the
position of next tool, or the tool on ATC arm.

The typical content is as follows:

(a) Coolant is stopped.
(b) Orients and stops the spindle.
(c) Exchanges the spindle tool.
(d) Resume

M666 is tool change command to shorten cycle time.

M666 does not perform A-axis and X-axis move. Z-axis and Y-axis move is
performed.

Specification
□ Program Example
M319;
G91 G28 Z0;
G91 G28 A0 M13;
M12;
M666;

Move the spindle to the safe position before M666 command.

There is the one which does not return according to the version
of the model and software either about the coolant.

M667 Spindle Tool Exist Coherent Check

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 / D800Z
/ Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Check The spindle tool exist and coherent.

M668 Spindle Tool Unloading

□ Machine Type
S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
The command to unload the spindle tool is sent to the external transport device.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-123
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M669 Spindle Tool Unloading & Loading

□ Machine Type
S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
The command to load the tool in spindle is sent to the external transport device.
If there is a tool in spindle, the tool is loaded after the spindle tool is unloaded.
T command to the external magazine tool is necessary before this M code is
performed.

M670 Pallet Clamp

□ Machine Type
MCC

□ Explanation
Pallet Clamp(Setting finish)

□ Program Example
M670;

M671 Pallet Unclamp

□ Machine Type
MCC

□ Explanation
Pallet Unclamp(Setting standby)

□ Program Example
M671;

M680 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M683 APC Prohibition Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Releases prohibition of the execution of APC

M684 APC Prohibition Mode ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Prohibits execution of APC operations

2-124 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M685 Work Clamp Check Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Work clamp (WKCLP) check mode is disabled.
And M02, M30 and emergency switch can disable this mode.

M686 Work Clamp Check Mode ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Work clamp (WKCLP) check mode is enabled.
And M02, M30, M685 and emergency switch can disable this mode.

M687 Vacuum Pipe Valve Off (Pipe OPEN)

Specification
□ Machine Type
MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Set vacuum pipe to OPEN by turned off the vacuum pipe valve (SL1684).

□ Program Example
M687;

M688 Vacuum Pipe Valve On (Pipe CLOSE)

□ Machine Type
MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Set vacuum pipe to CLOSE by turned on the vacuum pipe valve (SL1684).

□ Program Example
M688;

M690 Index Table Pallet

□ Machine Type
T4

□ Explanation
Index table pallet.

M706 Angle Plate/Table/RWH/SG Cleaning Coolant OFF (D)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns off angle plate/table/RWH/SG cleaning coolant.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-125
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M707 Angle Plate/Table/RWH/SG Cleaning Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns on angle plate/table/RWH/SG cleaning coolant.

M708 Additional Nozzle Coolant ON

□ Explanation
Turns on additional nozzle coolant.

M709 Stop Coolant before Axis Positioning is Completed

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
G01 X___ Y___ F___ M709;

□ Explanation
Stops all the coolant without waiting for the end of travel command distribution
(DEN) signal.

M710 Mist Collector OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off the mist collector.

M711 Mist Collector ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the mist collector.

M722 Stylus Cleaning Air OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off Stylus Cleaning Air.

M723 Stylus Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on Stylus Cleaning Air.

2-126 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M724 Overhead Shower Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Turns off the high power (ceiling) coolant.

M725 Workpiece Rotation Stop

□ Explanation
Stops rotation of the workpiece after axis travel if the work-one-revolution signal
is ON.
The stop procedure when the signal is ON is different from that when the signal
is OFF.
The stop procedures for each case are as follows:

Specification
[When M725 is specified, the one-revolution signal is already ON]
M725 finishes after the signal is turned off once and turned on again.

[When M725 is specified, the one-revolution signal is OFF]

M725 finishes after the signal is turned on.

M726 Workpiece Forward Start

□ Explanation
Rotates the workpiece in CW direction.
When it is specified in the same block as axis travel, the workpiece is rotated
without waiting for completion of axis travel.
(Started together with axis travel).

M728 Workpiece Reverse Start

□ Explanation
Rotates the workpiece in CCW direction.
When it is specified in the same block as axis travel, the workpiece is rotated
without waiting for completion of axis travel.
(Started together with axis travel).

No.0584J-1405EN 2-127
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M729 Workpiece Speed Set

□ Explanation
Specifies rotation speed of the workpiece.
The speed is specified with S in the same block as where the M code is
specified.
Range of S is from 1 to 100 [min-1].
This code is effective only when the workpiece is stopped.

M732 Coolant Pressure Setting 1

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33 / MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / E33 / F3 / F5 / F8 /
F9

□ Program
1. For 4-Step Pressure Changeover
M732;

2. For 7 or 15-Step Pressure Changeover, Or High-pressure coolant unit made

by NIKUNI
M732 S Coolant Pressure ;

□ Explanation
1. For 4-Step Pressure Changeover
Coolant is turned on with pressure setting 1.

2. For 7 or 15-Step Pressure Changeover, Or High-pressure coolant unit made

by NIKUNI
Coolant pressure is commanded.

□ Program Example
1. For 4-Step Pressure Changeover
M732;

2. For 7 or 15-Step Pressure Changeover, Or High-pressure coolant unit made

by NIKUNI
M732 S1;

M733 Coolant Pressure Setting 2

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33 / MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / E33 / F3 / F5 / F8 /
F9

□ Explanation
Coolant is turned on with pressure setting 2 if two or more pressure levels are
available.

2-128 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M734 Coolant Pressure Setting 3

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33 / MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / E33 / F3 / F5 / F8 /
F9

□ Explanation
Coolant is turned on with pressure setting 3 if two or more pressure levels are
available.

M735 Coolant Pressure Setting 4

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33 / MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / E33 / F3 / F5 / F8 /
F9

□ Explanation
Coolant is turned on with pressure setting 4 if two or more pressure levels are
available.

Specification
M736 Lighting ON
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on the machine light.

M737 Lighting OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off the machine light.

M740 Internal Conveyor OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Stops the inner chip conveyor.

M741 Internal Conveyor ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Starts the inner chip conveyor.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-129
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M742 Oil Skimmer OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Stops the oil skimmer.

M743 Oil Skimmer ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Starts the oil skimmer.

M745 Spindle Upper Nozzle Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns on spindle upper nozzle coolant.

M747 Measuring Head Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Supplies measuring head cleaning air for one second in the automatic
measuring macro program.

M748 IMM Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / E33 / S33 / S56

□ Explanation
Turns on IMM cleaning air.

M749 IMM Cleaning Air OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / E33 / S33 / S56

□ Explanation
Turns off IMM cleaning air.

2-130 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M750 IMM Cleaning Air ON Mode

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / E33 / S33 / S56

□ Explanation
Turns on the IMM cleaning air on mode.
In this mode, the cleaning air is turned on during automatic operation while the
spindle is rotated.

M751 IMM Cleaning Air OFF Mode

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / E33 / S33 / S56

□ Explanation
Turns off M750 mode.

M754 Base Coolant ON

Specification
□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V22 / V33 / V33hyper / Ga2 / MCC / MCD / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / A7 / A4 / A8 /
A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns on base coolant.

M755 Cleaning Telescopic-Cover Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns on coolant for telescopic cover.

M756 Air Blow ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on air blow.

M757 Telescopic-Cover Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns off coolant for telescopic cover.

M757 Telescopic-Cover Coolant & Base Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Turns off telescopic cover coolant and base coolant.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-131
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M757 Base Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V22 / V33 / V33hyper / Ga2 / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / H2J / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / A7
/ A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns off base coolant.

M775 Tool Cleaning Air OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Used in the tool length automatic measuring macro program. Turns off tool
cleaning air.

M776 Tool Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Used in the tool length automatic measuring macro program. Turns on tool
cleaning air.

M781 Coolant Amount Set to Standard

□ Machine Type
T4 / T2 / T1

□ Explanation
Sets amount of through spindle coolant to standard.

M782 Coolant Amount Set to Large

□ Machine Type
T4 / T2 / T1

□ Explanation
Sets amount of through spindle coolant to high.

M783 Workpiece Rotation Mode (D)

□ Explanation
Workpiece rotation mode is turned on. This M-code is used when flexible
synchronize that master axis is RWH axis and workpiece rotation are used at the
same time. Flexible synchronize turns on after workpiece rotation mode is
turned on.

2-132 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M786 Cutting Surface Cleaning Air OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off Cutting Surface Cleaning Air

M787 Cutting Surface Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns on Cutting Surface Cleaning Air

M790 Oil Amount Set to Small (MQL)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

Specification
□ Explanation
Sets amount of oil on MQL to low.

M791 Oil Amount Set to Standard (MQL)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Sets amount of oil on MQL to standard.

M792 Oil Amount Set to Large (MQL)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Sets amount of oil on MQL to high.

M793 Mist Pressure Set to High (MQL)

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 /
a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Sets mist pressure on MQL to high.

M794 Mist Pressure Set to Standard (MQL)

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 /
a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Sets mist pressure on MQL to standard.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-133
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M795 Through Spindle Coolant Off Without Remove

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Through spindle coolant is stopped.
The coolant is not removed in this command.

□ Program Example
M795

M797 Through Spindle Oil Amount Set to Small (MQL)

□ Machine Type
A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Sets amount of oil on through spindle MQL to low.

M798 Through Spindle Oil Amount Set to Standard (MQL)

□ Machine Type
A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Sets amount of oil on through spindle MQL to standard.

M799 Through Spindle Oil Amount Set to Large (MQL)

□ Machine Type
A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Sets amount of oil on through spindle MQL to high.

M800 Flange Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 /
a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Turns the flange cleaning air on.

M810 Grinding Nozzle Retract

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Grinding nozzle retract.

M811 Grinding Nozzle Advance

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Grinding nozzle advance.

2-134 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M812 Spindle Nose Nozzle Coolant Off

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Spindle Nose Nozzle Coolant Off

M813 Spindle Nose Nozzle Coolant On

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Spindle Nose Nozzle Coolant On

M850 Release Central Coolant Pause Mode

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx

Specification
□ Explanation
Release pause of central coolant pump by M851 command.
The central coolant pause mode is turned on automatically after the emergency
stop status is released or the machine power is turned on or after the NC unit is
reset.

M851 Central Coolant Pause Mode

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx

□ Explanation
Stop the central coolant pump.

Cannot use the coolant which turned on by central coolant pump

at M851 mode.

M852 Flexible Synchronize 1 Enable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Set flexible synchronize 1(MTA) Enable.

M853 Flexible Synchronize 1 Disable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Set flexible synchronize 1(MTA) Disable.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-135
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M854 Flexible Synchronize 2 Enable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Set flexible synchronize 2(MTB) Enable.

M855 Flexible Synchronize 2 Disable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Set flexible synchronize 2(MTB) Disable.

M856 Flexible Synchronize 3 Enable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Set flexible synchronize 3(MTC) Enable.

M857 Flexible Synchronize 3 Disable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Set flexible synchronize 3(MTC) Disable.

M858 Flexible Synchronize 4 Enable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Set flexible synchronize 4(MTD) Enable.

M859 Flexible Synchronize 4 Disable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Set flexible synchronize 4(MTD) Disable.

M860 Chuck Cleaning Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010

□ Explanation
Chuck Cleaning Coolant OFF

□ Program Example
M860

2-136 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M861 Chuck Cleaning Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010

□ Explanation
Chuck Cleaning Coolant ON

□ Program Example
M861

M862 Chuck Cleaning Air OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010

□ Explanation
Chuck Cleaning Air OFF

□ Program Example

Specification
M862

M863 Chuck Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010

□ Explanation
Chuck Cleaning Air ON

□ Program Example
M863

M864 Tool Cleaning Air/Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
S code with M code stops each Air/Coolant.

M864; Tool Cleaning Air /Coolant OFF

M864 S1; Tool Cleaning Air OFF
M864 S2; Tool Cleaning Coolant OFF

M865 Tool Cleaning Air/Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
S code with M code starts each Air/Coolant.

M865; Tool Cleaning Air /Coolant ON

M865 S1; Tool Cleaning Air ON
M865 S2; Tool Cleaning Coolant ON

No.0584J-1405EN 2-137
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M866 Tool Cleaning Nozzle Retract

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Tool Cleaning Nozzle is Retracted.

M867 Tool Cleaning Nozzle Advance

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Tool Cleaning Nozzle is Advanced.

M880 Programmable Coolant Nozzle OFF

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Turns off programmable coolant nozzle.

M881 Drawing Pump OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 /
D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turn Drawing Pump OFF.

□ Program Example
M881;

M882 Drawing Pump ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 /
D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turn Drawing Pump ON.

□ Program Example
M882;

M883 Angle Head Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Turns the angle head coolant on.

2-138 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M884 Inner Chip Conveyor Speed Setting

□ Machine Type
MAG3 / T4 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Program
M884 S Inner Chip Conveyor Speed ;

□ Explanation
Set inner chip conveyor speed.
Command S code for speed in same block.

Speed mode
S1: High Speed
S2: Middle Speed
S3: Low Speed

Commanded speed is changed to Machine Parameter No.7212 speed by follow

action.
(1)M2/M30 Command
(2)Emergency Stop

Specification
(3)Machine Power Off

M885 Angle Head Support Pin Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Turns the angle head support pin cleaning air on.

M885 Tool Cleaning Air 2 ON

□ Machine Type
MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Turns on tool cleaning air 2.

M886 Terrace Cleaning Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
D800Z / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 /
a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Turns off terrace cleaning coolant.

M887 Terrace Cleaning Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
D800Z / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 /
a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Turns on terrace cleaning coolant.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-139
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M888 Standard Amount of Mist Air (MQL)

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Set amount of mist air standard.

M889 Fewer Amount of Mist Air (MQL)

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Explanation
Set amount of mist air fewer.

M890 Nozzle Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns the nozzle coolant off.

M893 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M894 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M895 Increase Air OFF (MQL)

□ Machine Type
MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
The increase air of the mist generation device is turned off.

M896 Increase Air ON (MQL)

□ Machine Type
MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
The increase air of the mist generation device is turned on.

2-140 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M897 Coolant Pause Release

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
When coolant pause switch (Coolant ON/OFF) is pushed, coolant pause can be
released by this M code.

M898 Attachment Lubrication Off

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Attachment lubrication is turned off.
The purpose of this M code is to remove a deteriorated lubricant among
attachments after the attachment for a long term had not been used.

M899 Attachment Lubrication On

□ Machine Type

Specification
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Attachment lubrication is turned on during maintenance mode.
The purpose of this M code is to remove a deteriorated lubricant among
attachments after the attachment for a long term had not been used.

M902 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M903 M Code to Generate Alarm

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Use this M code when the alarm is generated in the macro program.

M904 Tool Length Measuring Calibration

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M904 S___;

□ Explanation
This M code is used in tool measuring program.
Input/Output the calibration data of tool measuring.

S0: Read data

S1: Write data
S2: Delete data
S3: Delete All data

No.0584J-1405EN 2-141
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M905 Workpiece Automatic Measuring Calibration

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M905 S___ T___;

□ Explanation
This M code is used in automatic work measuring program.
Input/Output the calibration data of automatic workpiece measuring.

S0: Read data

S1: Write data
S2: Delete data
S3: Delete All data

When some probes are used, the probe is specified by T code.

M906 Radical Mode Calculation

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
M code for radical mode calculation.

M907 Get Skip Position

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Use in setting measuring
Get skip position

□ Program Example
M907

M908 Get Probe Displacement

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M908;
G53

□ Explanation
Get probe displacement and set to macro value.

M910 Workpiece Automatic Measuring Mode Cancel

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the workpiece automatic measuring macro program.
It cancels the workpiece automatic measuring mode.

2-142 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M911 Measuring Head Alarm Check

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the workpiece automatic measuring macro program.
It checks whether or not the measuring head battery is OFF.
If the battery is ON, an alarm occurs.

M912 Tool Length Measuring Mode Setting

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
(1) Measuring unit is made by BLUM
This M code is used in single edge detect function.
M912S1 :Single edge open detection mode
M912S2 :Single edge interrupt detection mode

Specification
M912 :Finish single edge detection

(2) Measuring unit is made by Renishaw

Select measuring mode.
M912 :Tool measuring mode
M912S1 :Latch mode
M912S2 :High speed tool broken detection mode

No.0584J-1405EN 2-143
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M919 Machined Piece Count

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M919 S Increment/Decrement ;

□ Explanation
Specify the value to be added or subtracted with S in the block as M919. When
this value is specified, it is added or subtracted to the tool life on the tool data
screen.
If M919 is specified without S, it is considered to be M919 S1.
The number specified with S is added to the counter or subtracted from the
counter according to the setting of machine parameter No. 01019.

□ Program Example
[Subtraction mode]
O1234;
:
Machining Program
:
M919; <-- Subtracts 1 from a remaining count of workpiece.

:
Machining Program
:
M919 S3; <-- Subtracts 3 from a remaining count of workpiece.

M30;

2-144 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M920 Tool Length Measurement Data Read

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
#100= Tool Length Measuring Data ;
#109= Tool Specifying ;
M920;

□ Explanation
Writes data for macro variable #100 to tool length data in the tool database for
spindle tool or special tool.
Set 0 or blank to macro variable #109 for the spindle tool, or set the tool number
for the special tool.
Set the NC parameter to specify M920 as a non-buffered M code, or insert a G53
after the M code to prevent pre-reading.

There are two kinds of tool length data on the "Tool Data" screen: Geometry (H)
and Wear (H).
The data written to the macro variable #100 is merged with that data.

Specification
Therefore, the data is written as follows in the tool data.
Tool Length (Geometry(H)) = #100
Tool Length (Wear(H)) = 0

□ Program Example
O1234;
T1;
M6;
#100=123.456;
#109=0;
M920; <-- Writes 123.456 into tool data of spindle tool.
:
Machining Program
:
#100=-10.000;
#109=1234.0;
M920; <-- Writes -10.000 into tool data of the tool No.1234.
M30;

M920 functions correctly only when FTN mode is ON.

If PTN mode is ON, M920 writes data into tool data of all the pots
including a tool number specified.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-145
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M921 Tool Radius Measurement Data Read

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
#100= Tool Radius Measuring Data ;
#109= Tool Specifying ;
M921;

□ Explanation
Writes data for macro variable #100 to tool radius data in the tool database for
spindle tool or special tool.
Set 0 or blank to macro variable #109 for the spindle tool, or set the tool number
for the special tool.
Set the NC parameter to specify M921 as a non-buffered M code, or insert a G53
after the M code to prevent pre-reading.

There are two kinds of tool radius data on the "Tool Data" screen: Geometry (D)
and Wear (D).
The data written to macro variable #100 is merged with that data.
Therefore, the data is written as follows to the tool data:
Tool Radius (Geometry(D)) = #100
Tool Radius (Wear(D)) = 0

□ Program Example
O1234;
T1;
M6;
#100=12.3456;
#109=0;
M921; <-- Writes 12.3456 into tool radius data of
spindle tool.
:
Machining Program
:
#100=10.000;
#109=1234.0;
M921; <-- Writes 10.000 into tool radius data of the
tool no.1234.
M30;

M921 functions correctly only when FTN mode is ON.

If PTN mode is ON, M921 writes data into tool data of all the pots
including a tool number specified.

2-146 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M922 M920, M921 Data Incremental Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
#100= Tool Radius Measuring Data ;
#109= Tool Specifying ;
M922;
M920;or M921;

□ Explanation
The add mode for adding of data to the macro variable for the tool data when the
tool data is written with M920 or M921 is turned ON.
As this mode is momentary, it must be specified before M920 or M921 every
time.

□ Program Example
O1234;
T1;

Specification
T6;
:
Machining Program
:
#100=-0.010; <-- Adds -0.010 to tool length data (Geometry(H))
of spindle tool.
#109=0;
M922;
M920;
#100=0.030; <-- Adds 0.030 to tool radius data (Geometry(D)) of
spindle tool.
#109=0;
M922;
M921;
:
Machining Program
:
M30;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-147
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M925 Ring Sensor Monitor Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M926;
G91 G01 X___ Y___ F___;
:
M926;
G91 G01 X___ Y___ F___;
:
M925;

□ Explanation
Ring sensor monitor mode is turned off.
When work has never contact (SKIP signal has never been turned on), alarm is
generated.

M926 Ring Sensor Monitor Mode ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M926;
G91 G01 X___ Y___ F___;
:
M926;
G91 G01 X___ Y___ F___;
:
M925;

□ Explanation
Ring sensor monitor mode is turned on.
The contact check with work (SKIP signal check) is started after this mode is
turned on.
When work has never contact (SKIP signal has never been turned on), alarm is
generated by M925 or next M926.

M938 Rak rak checker Auto/Manual Select

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Used in the macro program for Rak rak checker.

M939 Rak rak checker End

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Used in the macro program for Rak rak checker.

2-148 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M940 Auto End with NG Workpiece Measurement Result

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the automatic measuring macro program.
If the results are illegal after automatic measurement, a measuring alarm is
triggered and the operator call function or automatic reject function is turned on,
depending on the machine operation mode.
Differing from M35, a BTS alarm is not triggered for the previous tool.

M941 MP7 Measuring Head Check

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the automatic measuring macro program.
For a workpiece automatic measuring system, the communication status

Specification
between the probe and receiver, and skip signal status are output to the macro
variables.

M946 Spindle Tool Pot No. Output to Macro

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M946;
G53;
#100=#1032;
M463;

□ Explanation
Writes pot number to which the spindle tool is returned, to the macro variable
#1032.
After reading #1032, execute M463 to restore printout mode output.
After M946 and before reading #1032, insert a dummy block for preventing
pre-reading such as G53.

M947 Next Tool Pot No. Output to Macro

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M947;
G53;
#100=#1032;
M463;

□ Explanation
Writes pot number to which the next tool (tool specified with T) is returned to
macro variable #1032.
After reading #1032, execute M463 to restore printout mode output.
After M947 and before reading #1032, insert a dummy block for preventing
pre-reading such as G53.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-149
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M948 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / H2J / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX /
a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / E33

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC macro program.

M950 Non Contact Type Measurement Device Zero Set

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56i / V77 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 /
H2J / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
This M code is used in tool measurement macro program.

M951 Blum Bore Gauge Start

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
#101= Function Number ;
#102= Head Number ;
#103= Parameter Number ;
#104= Parameter Setting Value ;
#108= Point Number ;
M951;
G53;

□ Explanation
Start Blum Bore Gauge.
Macro value is changed by machine parameter No.1069.

Refer to follow table for macro value of input/output.

Function Name Macro Value(Input) Macro Value(Output)

Measuring #101=1. #105= Result
#102= Head Number #106= Measuring Result
#108= Point Number (Unit:0.1um)
#107= Battery Remain
(Unit:%)
Calibration #101=2. #105= Result
#102= Head Number #106= Calibration Result
#108= Point Number (Unit:0.1um)

Infrared
(Machine Parameter
No.1067=1,2)
Write Parameter #101=3. #105= Result
#102= Head Number
#103= Parameter Number
(4:Gauge Compensation,
6:Head Number)

2-150 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

#104= Parameter Setting

Value (Gauge
Compensation (Unit:1um))
Read Parameter #101=4. #105= Result
#102= Head Number #106= Parameter Setting
#103= Parameter Number Value
(4:Gauge Compensation, (Gauge Compensation
5:Calibration, 6:Head (Unit:1um),Calibration(Uni
Number) t:0.1um))
Wave equation
(Machine Parameter
No.1067=3,4)
Write Parameter #101=3. #105= Result
#102= Head Number
#103= Parameter Number
(08-15:Calibration
Value0-7,16-23:Rin
Gauge Correction0-7)
#104= Parameter Setting

Specification
Value (08-15:Calibration
Value0-7,16-23:Rin
Gauge Correction0-7
(Unit:1um))
Read Parameter #101=4. #105= Result
#102= Head Number #106= Parameter Setting
#103= Parameter Number Value (08-15:Calibration
(08-15:Calibration Value0-7,16-23:Rin
Value0-7, 16-23:Rin Gauge Correction0-7
Gauge Correction0-7) (Unit:0.1um))
Read Head Number #101=5. #105= Result
#106= Head Number

□ Program Example
#101=1.; <-- Measuring
#102=3.; <-- Head Number No.3
#108=0.; <-- Point NumberNo.0
M951; <-- Blum Bore Gauge Start
G53; <-- Dummy block for preventing pre-reading.
IF[#105 NE 0] <-- If result is not 0
GOTO100;
IF[#106 GE 300.] <-- If measuring result is greater than +30.0um
GOTO110;
IF[#106 LE -300.] <-- If measuring result is less than -30.0um
GOTO110;

M956 Linear Gauge Type(Absolute Scale) Tool Measurement

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56i / V77 / FB127 / iQ300 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
This M code is used in tool measurement macro program.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-151
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M963 Measuring Probe Power OFF & Check

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Specifies OFF for the measuring head, waits for 2 seconds, and then checks
whether or not the power for the measuring head has been turned off.

M964 Measuring Probe Power ON & Check

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Specifies ON for the measuring head, waits for 2 seconds, and then checks
whether or not the power of the measuring head has been turned on.

M965 Measuring Probe Power OFF

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Turns off the power for measuring head.

M966 Measuring Probe Power ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
H2J

□ Explanation
Turns on the power for measuring head.

M968 Cutting Condition Auto Select

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the macro program for FF-PATH.

M971 Second Measuring Unit Cover Close

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Closes the cover for the second measuring unit.

M972 Second Measuring Unit Cover Open

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Opens the cover for the second measuring unit.

2-152 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M977 Image Tool Measure Tool Cleaning Air OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 /
D800Z / Ga2 / GF

□ Explanation
Stop image tool measure tool cleaning air.

M978 Image Tool Measure Tool Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 /
D800Z / Ga2 / GF

□ Explanation
Blow image tool measure tool cleaning air.

M984 High Speed Counter Type Tool Measurement

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56i / V77 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 /

Specification
E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
This M code is used in tool measurement macro program.

M992 Skip Signal Check for Tool Length Measuring

□ Machine Type
A4 / A8 / A12 / A20 / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Used in the tool length automatic measuring macro program.
Skip signal is checked.

M994 Rotary Axis Coordinate Calculation Function

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the macro program for the rotary axis coordinate
calculate function.

M1100 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1101 Enable IAC

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The indexing accuracy of the tilting axis to the workpiece weight is optimized.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-153
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1102 Ditch processing mode OFF

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z

□ Explanation
Ditch processing mode by continuous circular movement OFF

M1103 Ditch processing mode ON

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z

□ Explanation
Ditch processing mode by continuous circular movement ON

M1104 Chopping Stop

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Stop chopping.

M1105 Chopping Start

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1105 S___;

□ Explanation
Start chopping at the movement distance specified by S code.
The speed is set by machine parameter No.5288.

M1108 Enable IAC

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
[a51nx,a61nx,D300,D500,V33i-5XB,V56i-5XB]
IAC data becomes enabled.

[D800Z]
IAC-E, IAC-E (Tilt angle) is enabled.
For IAC-E. IAC of the maximum weight is set when instructing with S0. When S
code is omitted, a usual setting using the measuring data of the work data is
done.

M1109 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

2-154 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1110 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1111 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1112 Rotation axes compensation of TCP OFF

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 /
BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

Specification
□ Explanation
Rotation axis correction off.

M1113 Rotation axes compensation of TCP ON

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 /
BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Rotation axis correction on.

M1114 Smooth control of tool posture control OFF

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 /
BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Smooth control off.

M1115 Smooth control of tool posture control ON

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCD5XS / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 /
BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A66E-5XD / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Smooth control on.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-155
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1116 Preparations for High Accuracy Machining (Accuracy Check)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1116 S Feed Axis Number ;

□ Explanation
This M code is for our field service.
Only the accuracy check in the preparations for high accuracy machining is
performed for the feed axis specified by S code.

Feed Axes move within the range of 20[mm] ([deg]).

Feed rate override is fixed by 100% while operating.
Take care about interference.

M1117 Preparations for High Accuracy Machining

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1117 S Feed Axis Number ;

□ Explanation
Preparations for high accuracy machining is performed for the feed axis
specified by S code.
When S code is omitted, preparations for high accuracy machining is performed
for the feed axes set to machine parameter No.17001-17006.

Feed Axes move within the range of 20[mm] ([deg]).

Feed rate override is fixed by 100% while operating.
Take care about interference.

M1118 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1119 5-axis Composition Change Request (D)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Program
M1119 S Specify Number ;

□ Explanation
Request 5-axis composition change.

2-156 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1120 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1121 Smooth control of Tool Center Point Control ON

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8

□ Program
M1121;

□ Explanation
Smooth control of Tool Center Point Control ON

M1122 Fairing OFF

Specification
□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8

□ Program
M1122;

□ Explanation
Fairing OFF

M1123 Fairing ON
□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Program
M1123;

□ Explanation
Fairing ON

M1124 Scratch Prevention Function OFF (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
All axes that have been turned on are turned off.

M1125 Scratch Prevention Function ON (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Argument S: The NC control axis that makes the function effective is specified.
(S1: X, S2: Y...)
When omitting it, it turns it on to the axis set that effective in the machine
parameter (No.17280).

No.0584J-1405EN 2-157
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1126 Active Damping Function OFF (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
All axes that have been turned on are turned off.

M1127 Active Damping Function ON (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

M1130 Cut Type Change Request (D)

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Program
M1130 S Cut Type

□ Explanation
Change Cut Type.

2-158 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1149 Set M198 folder

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Make the M198 folder for M198 variable specification.
The setting range is 0 to 99999999.

□ Program Example
M1149 S folder name ;

M1156 Tool Offset Data Transfer Command for Composite Tool

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1156;

□ Explanation
Transfers all cutter's tool offset data at a time.

Specification
M1177 Set Parameters for Spatial Cam Machining Function
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
#100=0;
#101=20.0;
#102=25.0;
#103=19.5;
#104=200.0;
#105=0;
#106=0;
G53M1177;

□ Explanation
Spatial Cam Machining Function parameters is set reading from macro variable
(#100-).

M1178 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1191 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-159
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1192 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1193 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1194 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1195 Program Restart Disable

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Program restart is disabled.

M1196 Program Restart Enable

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Program restart is enabled.

M1197 Flexible Synchronize Auto Phase Adjustment

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1197 S Group Number ;

□ Explanation
Execute flexible shynchronize auto phase adjustment.
If fielxbiel shynchronize is disable, no action.

2-160 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1198 Output of External Work Zero Offset in Multi Spindle to Macro Variable
□ Machine Type
EG3010

□ Program
M1198 S EXT Number ;

□ Explanation
The external work zero offset in multi spindle is output to macro variable
(#100-).
The EXT number to be output by S code is specified.
The number of NC control axes is used from #100 of the macro variables.

M1199 Setting of External Work Zero Offset in Multi Spindle

□ Machine Type
EG3010

□ Program
#100=1.0;
#101=0.5;

Specification
#102=2.0;
G53M1199 S EXT Number ;

□ Explanation
The external work zero offset in multi spindle is set reading from macro variable
(#100-).
The EXT number to be output by S code is specified.
The number of NC control axes is used from #100 of the macro variables. The
axis of [empty] value doesn't change the setting.

M1300 Whetstone Change OFF

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Turn off whetstone change.

M1301 Whetstone Change ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Turn on whetstone change.

M1302 Air Spindle Air OFF

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56i / iQ300 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Air spindle air off

□ Program Example
M1302;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-161
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1303 Air Spindle Air ON

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56i / iQ300 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Air spindle air on

□ Program Example
M1303;

M1304 Axis Brake Off (D)

□ Explanation
Turn axis brake off.

M1305 Axis Brake On (D)

□ Explanation
Turn axis brake on.

M1306 Air Spindle Pressure 1

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Air Spindle Pressure 1 is selected.

□ Program Example
M1306;

M1307 Air Spindle Pressure 2

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Air Spindle Pressure 2 is selected.

□ Program Example
M1307;

2-162 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1308 Air Spindle Pressure 3

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Air Spindle Pressure 3 is selected.

□ Program Example
M1308;

M1309 Air Spindle Pressure 4

□ Machine Type
MCC / MCD / MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Air Spindle Pressure 4 is selected.

□ Program Example
M1309;

Specification
M1310 Spindle Speed Limitation Disable at Spindle Idling
□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCC / MCD / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7
/ BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Disables spindle speed limitation at spindle idling.
S-code more than maximum spindle speed at spindle idling is enabled, but
spindle cannot start.

M1311 Spindle Speed Limitation Enable at Spindle Idling

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / MCC / MCD / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7
/ BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A99E / A100E

□ Explanation
Enables spindle speed limitation at spindle idling.
Or enables it when NC reset or emergency switch is pushed.

M1312 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller Differential Temperature Control Mode ON
□ Machine Type
D500

□ Explanation
Enables feed axis additional oil controller differential temperature control mode.
The differential temperature setting is automatically changed according to the
axis speed in this mode.
This mode is selected when machine power is turned on.

M1313 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller Differential Temperature Control Mode OFF
□ Machine Type
D500

□ Explanation
Disables feed axis additional oil controller differential temperature control mode.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-163
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1314 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller Differential Temperature Control Data

Output
□ Machine Type
D500

□ Program
M1314 S Differential Temperature Control Data ;

□ Explanation
Output differential temperature control data that specified by S code of the same
block.
Specifying this M code, disables differential temperature control mode.

M1318 Release Feed Axis Oil Controller Pause

□ Machine Type
D500

□ Explanation
The feed axis oil controller which has been pausing with M1319 restarts.

M1319 Feed Axis Oil Controller Pause

□ Machine Type
D500

□ Explanation
The feed axis oil controller pauses.
It restarts with M1318 or NC reset.

M1323 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller (By Temperature) Differential Temperature

Control Mode ON
□ Machine Type
D500

□ Program
M1323;

M1324 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller (By Temperature) Differential Temperature

Control Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
D500

□ Program
M1324;

□ Explanation
Disables feed axis additional oil controller differential temperature control mode.

2-164 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1325 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller (By Temperature) Differential Temperature

Control Data Output

□ Machine Type
D500

□ Program
M1325 S Differential Temperature Control Data ;

□ Explanation
Output differential temperature control data that specified by S code of the same
block.
Specifying this M code, disables differential temperature control mode.

M1328 Electric attachment spindle connector cover open

□ Machine Type
D500

□ Explanation
It is open command of the connector cover of electric attachment spindle.

Specification
M1329 Electric attachment spindle connector cover close
□ Machine Type
D500

□ Explanation
It is close command of the connector cover of electric attachment spindle.

M1330 Electric attachment spindle speed set

□ Machine Type
D500

□ Program
M1330 S Speed ;

□ Explanation
Set speed of Electric attachment spindle.

M1337 Clamp Ignore Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The clamp ignore mode is turned off.
The clamp ignore mode is turned off by NC reset, emergency stop switch, M02
and M30 too.

2-166 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1338 Clamp Ignore Mode ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The clamp ignore mode is turned on.
When the clamp ignore mode is turned on by the unclamp condition, clamp
operation is disabled.

M1339 High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller Differential Temperature Control

Mode ON
□ Machine Type
D500

□ Program
M1339;

□ Explanation
Enables A and C axes additional oil controller differential temperature control

Specification
mode.
The differential temperature setting is automatically changed according to the
axis temperature (A axis) speed (C axis) in this mode.
This mode is selected when machine power is turned on.

□ Program Example
M1339;

M1340 High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller Differential Temperature Control

Mode OFF
□ Machine Type
D500

□ Program
M1340;

□ Explanation
Disables A and C axes additional oil controller differential temperature control
mode.

□ Program Example
M1340;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-167
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1341 High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller A Axis Control Temperature Output
□ Machine Type
D500

□ Program
M1341 S Setting Temperature ;

□ Explanation
Output A axis temperature control data that specified by S code of the same
block.
Specifying this M code, disables differential temperature control mode of A and
C axes oil controller.

□ Program Example
M1341 S1053; (Differential temperature of A axis is set to -5.3 degrees.)

M1342 High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller C Axis Control Temperature Output
□ Machine Type
D500

□ Program
M1342 S Setting Temperature ;

□ Explanation
Output C axis temperature control data that specified by S code of the same
block.
Specifying this M code, disables differential temperature control mode of A and
C axes oil controller.

□ Program Example
M1342 S1053; (Differential temperature of C axis is set to -5.3 degrees.)

M1343 AST3 Study Function Off

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Program
M1343

□ Explanation
Turns OFF AST3 Study Mode Function

M1344 AST3 Study Function On

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Program
M1344 S Radial Cutting Force Coefficient T Axial Cutting Force Coefficient ;

□ Explanation
Turns ON AST3 Study Mode Function.
You can specify coefficient of radial cutting force by S, and also specify
coefficient of axial cutting force by T.
If S and T is omitted, machine parameter No.3515 and No.3516 are used as
coefficient.

2-168 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1345 Spindle Switch

□ Machine Type
EG3010

□ Explanation
Enable to spindle specified by S code.
1st spindle enable if S code is not specified or S0 is specified.

M1345 S1; Enable 1st Spindle

M1345 S2; Enable 2nd Spindle

M1348 AST Recording Function Continue

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Releases pause of AST Recording Function.

M1349 AST Recording Function Pause

Specification
□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Pauses AST Recording Function.

M1350 Air Spindle Running Start

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56i / iQ300 / D300 / D500 / D800Z

□ Program
M1350

□ Explanation
Air spindle is started at running speed.

M1351 AST Playback Function OFF

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns AST Playback function OFF.
Using this M code in the program called by M198 or DNC is prohibited.

□ Program Example
M1352;
G53;
M198 P Program No. ;
M1351;
G53;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-169
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1352 AST Playback Function ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns AST Playback function ON.
Using this M code in the program called by M198 or DNC is prohibited.

□ Program Example
M1352;
G53;
M198 P Program No. ;
M1351;
G53;

M1353 Spindle Load/Vibration Record Disable

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Disable Spindle Load/Vibration Record

M1354 Spindle Load/Vibration Record Enable

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J

□ Explanation
Enable Spindle Load/Vibration Record

M1355 Positioning Function in High Accuracy OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The positioning function in high accuracy is turned off.

M1356 Positioning Function in High Accuracy ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The positioning function in high accuracy is turned on.

2-170 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1357 SV Revolution Control Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
D500

□ Program
M1357;

□ Explanation
SV revolution mode is made ineffective.

□ Program Example
M1357;

M1358 SV Revolution Control Mode ON

□ Explanation
Start Table Oil Air Supply.

□ Program Example
M1367;

2-172 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1368 SL Mode Off (Built in AST)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
SL Mode (Built in AST) was turned off.

M1369 SL Mode On (Built in AST)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
SL Mode (Built in AST) was turned on.

M1370 AC Mode Off (Built in AST)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.

Specification
V33hyper / H2J / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
AC Mode (Built in AST) was turned off.

M1371 AC Mode On (Built in AST)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V33hyper / H2J / E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
AC Mode (Built in AST) was turned on.

M1380 Spindle Air Low Pressure OFF

□ Machine Type
iQ300

□ Explanation
Turns off spindle air low pressure mode.

M1381 Spindle Air Low Pressure ON

□ Machine Type
iQ300

□ Explanation
Turns on spindle air low pressure mode.

M1382 Dresser Speed

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300

□ Program
M1382 S Dresser Speed ;

□ Explanation
Set dresser speed.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-173
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1400 3D Crash Avoidance Mode Off

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
3D Crash Avoidance Mode Off

□ Program Example
M1400;

M1401 3D Crash Avoidance Mode On

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
3D Crash Avoidance Mode On

□ Program Example
M1401;

M1402 Tool Shape Setting for 3D Crash Avoidance

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Tool Shape Setting for 3D Crash Avoidance Function

□ Program Example
M1402 S_;

M1403 3D Crash Avoidance Relation Setting Change

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The change in the setting related to 3D Crash Avoidance function is reflected.

□ Program Example
M1403;

2-174 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1404 Z Axis Collision Avoidance Setting

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1404 S__ T__;

□ Explanation
Sets Z Axis Collision Avoidance.

If non-zero S-code is commanded:

The level of the upper plane of the limitation area used with the Z Axis Collision
Avoidance function is set at the height specified by the S-code, after which Z
Axis Collision Avoidance function turns on.
The reference position of Z axis of limitation area is specified by T.

If S=0 or no S-code is commanded:

Turns off the Z Axis Collision Avoidance function.
If T=0 or no T-code is commanded:
Machine parameter No.2084 is used as reference position.

Specification
M1410 Mode OFF for Collision Safe Guard
□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1410;

□ Explanation
Collision safe guard is made invalid.

□ Program Example
M1410;

M1411 Mode ON for Collision Safe Guard

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1411;

□ Explanation
Collision safe guard is made effective.

□ Program Example
M1411;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-175
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1412 Tool Data Update Check for Collision Safe Guard

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1412;

□ Explanation
Wait for check tool data.

□ Program Example
M1412;

M1413 Workpiece Origin Offset Fitting for Collision Safe Guard

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1413 S The number of sub parts "ATTACH" model ;

□ Explanation
Workpiece offset is fit to workpiece model for collision safe guard specified by
argument S.
(S: Integer from 0 to 9.)

□ Program Example
M1413 S1;

M1414 Project File Load for Collision Safe Guard

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1414 S Loading project file number for collision safe guard ;

□ Explanation
Load project file specified by argument S for collision safe guard.
(S: Integer from 0 to 100)

□ Program Example
M1414 S1;

M1415 Project File Save for Collision Safe Guard

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1415;

□ Explanation
Save project file for collision safe guard.

□ Program Example
M1415;

2-176 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1416 Tool Pre-check for Collision Safe Guard

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1416;

□ Explanation
Collision safe guard checks tools (T No.) in NC program. This M code is
executable only in the main program.

□ Program Example
M1416; (Check of T1, T3 tool)
T1;
M6;
T3;

M1417 Workpiece Size Check for Collision Safe Guard

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

Specification
□ Program
M1417 S Stock No. (PC) T Workpiece Kind ;

□ Explanation
Collision safe guard checks workpiece size.
S: Stock No. (PC)
T: Workpiece kind (None or 0: Quadratic prism, 1: Column)

□ Program Example
M1417 S1; (Size Check of Quadratic Prism Workpiece (Stock No. 1))
M1417 S2 T0; (Size Check of Quadratic Prism Workpiece (Stock No. 2))
M1417 S3 T1; (Size Check of Column Workpiece (Stock No. 3))

M1420 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1423 Tool length comparison

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The actual tool length of the spindle tool is compared with its standard tool
length. Warning will be generated, if the actual tool length exceeds the standard
tool length over the threshold value, set by the machine parameter No. 01169 (or
if the actual tool length is shorter than the standard tool length over the
threshold value, set by the machine parameter No. 01170).

No.0584J-1405EN 2-177
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1424 Tool Offset Data File Output

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1424 S Program No. ;

□ Explanation
Writes into a text file a part of tool offset memory specified by machine
parameter No.12262 and No.12263.

M1425 Signal Lamp OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Turns off the signal lamp if it was turned on by M436 or M437.

M1426 Programmable Load Monitor Function Off

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1426;

□ Explanation
The programmable load monitor function that has been started with M1427 or
M1428 is stopped.

2-178 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1427 Programmable Load Monitor Function On (Specifying Data No.)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1427 S Data No. T Type of Motor ;

□ Explanation
The motor load of the spindle and the feed axis is monitored by the warning load
and the alarm load set to the tool monitor screen. When an actual load exceeds
the alarm load, the machine is stopped.
Specify the following S codes and T codes for the same block.

S Code:
Specify the data number used for the overload monitor.

T Code:
Specify the motor of the spindle or the feed axis by the constant of the table
below. Two or more motors can be specified by specifying the sum of the
constant.

Specification
Constant Type of Motor
1 Spindle
2 X Axis
4 Y Axis
8 Z Axis
16 4th Axis
32 5th Axis

When the following are performed, the overload monitor ends.

- M1426
- M30 or M02
- Emergency stop

□ Program Example
M1427 S3 T5; <-- Overload data setting No. of 3 monitors
spindle and Y axis load
:
Machining Program
:
M1426; <-- Ends overload monitoring

When the spindle load is monitored, an overload may be

erroneously detected by the increase in load caused when the
spindle is started and stopped. Therefore, execute this M code
after the spindle is started, and execute M1426 before the
spindle is stopped.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-179
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1428 Programmable Load Monitor Function On (Specifying Alarm Load)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1428 S Alarm Load T Type of Motor ;

□ Explanation
The motor load of the spindle and the feed axis is monitored by the alarm load
specified by S code. When an actual load exceeds the alarm load, the machine
is stopped.
Specify the following S codes and T codes for the same block.

S Code:
Specify the alarm load. Unit:[0.01%]

T Code:
Specify the motor of the spindle or the feed axis by the constant of the table
below. Two or more motors cannot be specified by T code. If you want to make
the load of two or more motors monitored, perform M1428 two or more times like
the following program example.

Constant Type of Motor

1 Spindle
2 X Axis
4 Y Axis
8 Z Axis
16 4th Axis
32 5th Axis

When the following are performed, the overload monitor ends.

- M1426
- M30 or M02
- Emergency stop

□ Program Example
M1428 S5000 T1; <-- Monitors spindle with alarm load of 50[%]
:
Machining Program
:
M1426; <-- Ends monitoring for spindle overload
:
ATC etc.
:
M1428 S4000 T1; <-- Monitors spindle with alarm load of 40[%]
M1428 S3000 T4; <-- In addition, monitors Y axis with alarm
load of 30[%]
:
Machining Program
:
M1426; <-- Ends monitoring for spindle and Y axis
overload

2-180 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

When the spindle load is monitored, an overload may be

M1429 Work Tension OFF

□ Machine Type
A66E-5XD

□ Explanation
Pull tension out of the work.

M1430 Work Tension ON

□ Machine Type
A66E-5XD

Specification
□ Explanation
Put tension on the work.

M1431 Eco Mode

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Change to eco mode specified by S code.
Eco mode does OFF if S code is not specified or S0 is specified.

M1431 S0; Eco Mode OFF

M1431 S1; Eco Mode ON
M1431 S2; Eco Mode (Custom 1) ON
M1431 S3; Eco Mode (Custom 2) ON

M1432 AC (AST3) OFF

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turn OFF AC function of AST3

M1433 AC (AST3) ON
□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turn ON AC function of AST3

No.0584J-1405EN 2-181
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1434 Feed Axis Lower Load Detection Function OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1434;

□ Explanation
The feed axis lower load detection function that has been started with M1435 is
stopped.

2-182 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1435 Feed Axis Lower Load Detection Function ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1435 S Lower Limit T Type of Motor ;

□ Explanation
The feed axis lower load detection function is started. Specify the following S
codes and T codes for the same block.

S Code:
Specify the lower load. Unit:[0.01%]

T Code:
Specify the motor of the feed axis by the constant of the table below. Two or
more motors cannot be specified by T code. If you want to make the load of two
or more motors monitored, perform M1435 two or more times like the following
program example.

Specification
Constant Type of Motor
2 X Axis
4 Y Axis
8 Z Axis
16 4th Axis
32 5th Axis

When the following are performed, the lower load monitor ends.
- M1434
- M30 or M02
- Emergency stop

□ Program Example
M1435 S5000 T2; <-- Monitors X axis with lower load of 50[%]
:
Machining Program
:
M1434; <-- Ends monitoring for X axis lower load
:
ATC etc.
:
M1435 S4000 T2; <-- Monitors X axis with lower load of 40[%]
M1435 S3000 T4; <-- In addition, monitors Y axis with lower load
of 30[%]
:
Machining Program
:
M1434; <-- Ends monitoring for X and Y axis lower load

No.0584J-1405EN 2-183
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1436 Movable Step Retract

□ Machine Type
T2 / T1

□ Explanation
Retract Movable Step.

M1437 Movable Step Advance

□ Machine Type
T2 / T1

□ Explanation
Advance Movable Step.

M1438 Aux Unit Stop Enable at Special Machining

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M1438 S Unit for enable stop function ;

□ Explanation
Enable aux unit stop at special machining

□ Program Example
M1438 S1; (Stop disable for hydraulic unit)
M1438 S3: (Stop disable for hydraulic unit/Spindle oil controller)
M1438; (Stop disable for all)
Set unit for stop disable by S Code. Refer machine parameter No.12387 for bit
meaning.

M1439 Aux Unit Stop Disable at Special Machining

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

□ Program
M1439 S Unit for disable stop function ;

□ Explanation
Disable aux unit stop at special machining

□ Program Example
M1439 S1; (Stop enable for hydraulic unit)
M1439 S3: (Stop enable for hydraulic unit/Spindle oil controller)
M1439; (Stop enable for all)
Set unit for stop enable by S Code. Refer machine parameter No.12387 for bit
meaning.

2-184 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1440 Clear Program Restart Position Judgment Data Memory

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
O9001(ATC MACRO PROGRAM)
M1441
:
M1440
M99

□ Explanation
Clears the sequence No. and block No. stored with M1441.
Specify this M code at the location where the sub-program ends.

M1441 Store Program Restart Position Judgment Data

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program

Specification
O9001(ATC MACRO PROGRAM)
M1441
:
M1440
M99

□ Explanation
The sequence No. and block No. are stored when M1441 is specified to prevent
influence from the sequence No. and block count in the sub-program. The stored
numbers are used as program restart position judgment data.
Specify this M code at the beginning of the sub-program.

M1442 Set contact load of tool contact detection

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1442 S Contact load of tool contact detection [0.01%]

□ Explanation
Spindle load of contact is set by S code about tool contact detect function.

□ Program Example
M1442 S1500; <-- The load of tool contact detection is set to
15 [%]
M1443 S3000; <-- The alarm load of tool contact detection is
set to 30 [%]
:
M1445; <-- The tool contact detect mode is set to ON
:
(Machining program)
:
M1444; <-- The tool contact detect mode is set to OFF

No.0584J-1405EN 2-185
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1443 Set alarm load of tool contact detection

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1443 S Alarm load of tool contact detection [0.01%]

□ Explanation
Spindle load of alarm is set by S code about tool contact detect function.

M1444 Tool contact detection mode OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1444;

□ Explanation
The tool contact detect mode is set to OFF.

2-186 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1445 Tool contact detection mode ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1445;

□ Explanation
The tool contact detect mode is set to ON. During this mode ON, the skip signal
becomes ON if spindle load reaches the setting detect value.

Specification
(Machining program)
:
M1444; <-- The tool contact detect mode is set to OFF

M1446 Confirmation of Spindle Rotation While Cutting Disable Release (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1447
G01 Z___ F___;
:
M1446

□ Explanation
The state to disable the confirmation of the spindle rotation while cutting is
released.

M1447 Confirmation of Spindle Rotation While Cutting Disable (D)

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Program
M1447
G01 Z___ F___;
:
M1446

□ Explanation
The confirmation of the spindle rotation while cutting is disabled.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-187
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1600 Pallet (Workpiece) Load to Transport Device

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71
/ a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Program
M1600 S Load Location ;

□ Explanation
The transport device loads the pallet (workpiece) from the location specified by
S code.
Specify the following S codes in the same block as M1600.

S Code Location
S1 ... S1000 Stocker1 ... 1000
S1001 Machine
S2001 WSS1
S2002 WSS2

M1601 Pallet (Workpiece) Unload from Transport Device

□ Machine Type
D300 / D500 / D800Z / a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71
/ a81 / a82 / a81nx / a92 / A99E / A100E / MAG1

□ Program
M1601 S Unload Location ;

□ Explanation
The pallet (workpiece) on the transport device is unloaded to the location
specified by S code.
Specify the following S codes in the same block as M1601.
When S code is omitted, it is returned to stocker of the pallet number.

S Code Location
S1 … S1000 Stocker1 … 1000
S1001 Machine
S2001 WSS1
S2002 WSS2

M1602 Stocker Pallet 1 Lock

□ Machine Type
V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Lock stocker pallet 1.

M1603 Stocker Pallet 1 Unlock

□ Machine Type
V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Unlock stocker pallet 1.

2-188 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1604 Stocker Pallet 2 Lock

□ Machine Type
V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Lock stocker pallet 2.

M1605 Stocker Pallet 2 Unlock

□ Machine Type
V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Unlock stocker pallet 2.

M1607 Set NC Parameter for Angle Head

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1

Specification
□ Program
M1607

□ Explanation
Executes axis composition change function for angle head.

M1608 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is used in the ATC program.

M1609 M Code for ATC

□ Machine Type
D500

M1700 Point Cleaning Water Off

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010

□ Explanation
Turns off point cleaning water.

□ Program Example
M1700;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-189
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1701 Point Cleaning Water On

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010

□ Explanation
Turns on point cleaning water.

□ Program Example
M1701;

M1702 Point Cleaning Air Off

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010

□ Explanation
Turns off point cleaning air.

□ Program Example
M1702;

M1703 Point Cleaning Air On

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF
/ EG3010

□ Explanation
Turns on point cleaning air.

□ Program Example
M1703;

M1710 Dresser Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Turn off dresser coolant.

M1711 Dresser Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Turn on dresser coolant.

M1712 User Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Turn off user coolant.

2-190 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1713 User Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Turn on user coolant.

M1714 M Code for Through Spindle Coolant Pressure Change

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
M Code for Pressure Change
(1) Start Calibration(T=1)
Start calibration between pressure and output value
Write sum of data between output and pressure to macro value 100
Write output value of 1 step to macro value 101
M1714 T1 S Pressure(1-4) ;

Specification
(2)Start Getting Pressure(T=2)
Initialize inner data, and start getting pressure value.
M1714 T2;

(3)Get Pressure Value(T=3)

Get Pressure
If macro value 100 is 1, go next output step
M1714 T3;

(4)Check Calibration Complete(T=4)

Check calibration complete
M1714 T4;

M1715 Release Base Coolant Pause

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The base coolant stopped temporarily by M1716 is returned.

M1716 Base Coolant Pause

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The base coolant is stopped temporarily.
The base coolant returns by M1715 or NC reset.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-191
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1717 Overhead Shower Coolant Intermittent Operation

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / Ga2 / GF /
EG3010 / H2J

□ Explanation
Overhead shower coolant start at intermittent operation.
ON Time: Machine Parameter No. 7523
OFF Time: Machine Parameter No. 7524

M1718 Air OFF on table

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / EG3010

□ Explanation
Turn off Air on table

M1719 Air ON on table

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / EG3010

□ Explanation
Turn on Air on table

M1720 JIG Coolant Off

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1

□ Explanation
Turn off JIG Coolant

M1721 JIG Coolant On

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1

□ Explanation
Turn on JIG Coolant

M1722 Stop Block Cleaning Air Off

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1

□ Explanation
Turn off Stop Block Cleaning Air

2-192 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1723 Stop Block Cleaning Air On

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1

□ Explanation
Turn on Stop Block Cleaning Air

M1724 Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant Off

□ Machine Type
T4

□ Explanation
Turn off oil pan cleaning coolant.

M1725 Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant On

□ Machine Type
T4

Specification
□ Explanation
Turn on oil pan cleaning coolant.

M1726 JIG Cleaning Air OFF

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Turn JIG Cleaning Air OFF

M1727 JIG Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Turn JIG Cleaning Air ON

M1728 Room Washing Air Off

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / D500 / Ga2 / GF

□ Explanation
Room Washing Air Off

M1729 Room Washing Air On

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / D500 / Ga2 / GF

□ Explanation
Room Washing Air On

No.0584J-1405EN 2-193
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1730 Chuck Air Blow OFF

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Turn chuck air blow OFF.

M1731 Chuck Air Blow ON

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92

□ Explanation
Turn chuck air blow ON.

M1732 X Axis Cover Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
A99E

□ Explanation
Turns off X Axis Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant

M1733 X Axis Cover Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
A99E

□ Explanation
Turns on X Axis Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant

M1734 Through Spindle Coolant Output Frequency Fixation OFF

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Turns off through spindle coolant output frequency fixation.

M1735 Through Spindle Coolant Output Frequency Fixation ON

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Turns on through spindle coolant output frequency fixation.

M1736 Flush Coolant in Machining Chamber ON

□ Machine Type
D300 / D800Z

□ Program
M1736;

□ Explanation
Coolant Start by Large Flowing Quantity for Cleaning in Machining Chamber.

□ Program Example
M1736;

2-194 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1737 Oil Amount Set to Shot Frequency(MQL)

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / GF /
EG3010

□ Program
M1737 S___;

□ Explanation
Sets amount of oil on MQL to shot frequency.

M1738 Upper Nozzle Air OFF

□ Machine Type
A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns the upper nozzle air off.

M1739 Upper Nozzle Air ON

Specification
□ Machine Type
A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns the upper nozzle air on.

M1740 Z Axis Cleaning Air OFF

□ Machine Type
A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns off Z axis cleaning air.

M1741 Z Axis Cleaning Air ON

□ Machine Type
A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
Turns on Z axis cleaning air.

M1742 TSC Drain Circuit Cleaning Air On

□ Machine Type
MCD5XS

□ Explanation
Turns on TSC drain circuit cleaning air.
Cleaning time is set by machine parameter No.7833 "TSC Drain Circuit Cleaning
Air On Time".

No.0584J-1405EN 2-195
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1743 Nozzle Coolant Push Out Air

□ Machine Type
D300 / D800Z

□ Program
M1743;

□ Explanation
Nozzle coolant push out air is outputted. About output time, refer to the following
machine parameter.
No. 7682 "Delay Time until Push Out Air from Nozzle Coolant Starting"
No. 7683 "Output Time of Push Out Air from Nozzle Coolant"

M1744 Tool Cleaning Coolant OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

M1745 Tool Cleaning Coolant ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

M1748 Dresser Air OFF

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300

□ Explanation
Turn off dresser air.

M1749 Dresser Air ON

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300

□ Explanation
Turn on dresser air.

M1750 Dresser Mist OFF

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300

□ Explanation
Turn off dresser mist.

M1751 Dresser Mist ON

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300

□ Explanation
Turn on dresser mist.

2-196 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1900 In-process Measuring M-Code

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1

□ Program
M1900 S Argument ; T Function Code ;

□ Explanation
This M-Code is for in-process measuring.
Perform the following commands to start measuring.

(1)In-Process Measurement(T=0 or No T Command)

If measuring is started, command follow program.
M1900 S Measuring Judge Pos(1-4) ;
If measuring is ended, command follow program.
If workpiece is not machined to the measuring judgment position at the
command, alarm occurs.
M1900 S0;

Specification
(2) Auto Master(T=1)
Execute Auto Master
M1900 T1;

(3) Outside Offset(T=2)

Execute Outside Offset(Plus)
M1900 T2 S Offset Amount ;

(4) Outside Offset(T=3)

Execute Outside Offset(Minus)
M1900 T3 S Offset Amount ;

(5) Write Output Value of Coolant Pressure to Macro(T=4)

Write Output Value that is calculated from pressure in in process measurement
screen on program edit screen to macro value 100.
Command as follow
M1900 T4 S Measuring Judge Pos(1-4) ;
G53;
M26;
M734 S[#100];
M1900 S Measuring Judge Pos(1-4) ;

□ Program Example
M96P Interrupt Program ; <-- Set Interrupt Custom Macro
M1900 S Measuring Judge Pos ; <-- Set Measuring Judge Pos
Machining Program
M1900 S0; <-- In-process Measuring End
M97; <-- Interrupt Custom Macro OFF

No.0584J-1405EN 2-197
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1901 DynaVision mode change

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M1901 S mode number ;

□ Explanation
DynaVision measurement mode change

M1902 DynaVision level change

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M1902 S level number ;

□ Explanation
DynaVision measurement level change

M1903 DynaVision result output

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M1903;

□ Explanation
DynaVision measurement result output

□ Program Example
M1904;
M1903;

M1904 DynaVision measurement start

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M1904;

□ Explanation
DynaVision measurement start

□ Program Example
M1904;
M1903;

2-198 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1906 DynaVision all reset

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M1906;

□ Explanation
DynaVision all reset

□ Program Example
M1906;

M1907 Image type tool measurement cleaning air off

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program

Specification
M1907;

□ Explanation
Image type tool measurement cleaning air off

□ Program Example
M1907;

M1908 Image type tool measurement cleaning air on

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M1908;

□ Explanation
Image type tool measurement cleaning air on

□ Program Example
M1908;

M1909 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M1909 S monde number ;

□ Explanation
DynaVision profile output mode change

□ Program Example
M1909 S monde number

No.0584J-1405EN 2-199
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1910 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M1910 S monde number ;

□ Explanation
DynaVision shortening image mode switch

□ Program Example
M1910 S monde number

M1911 MC alarm generation of image type tool measurement

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M1911 S display number ;

□ Explanation
Image type tool measurement machine alarming generation

□ Program Example
M1911 S display number

M1912 Image type tool measurement error reset(DynaVision)

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M1912;

□ Explanation
Image type tool measurement error reset(DynaVision)

□ Program Example
M1912;

M1913 M1914 Completion Check

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is for shortening machining times.
Checks for completion of M1914 and completes it immediately.
It will wait for the completion of either code.

2-200 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1914 Open Tool Length Sensor Cover and Start Next Block before Tool Length

Sensor Cover is Fully Open

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is for shortening machining times.
Opens tool Length sensor cover without waiting for DEN and returns FIN
immediately.
Use M1914 and M1913 in a pair always.

M1917 M1918 Completion Check

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is for shortening machining times.
Checks for completion of M1918 and completes it immediately.
It will wait for the completion of either code.

Specification
M1918 Close Tool Length Sensor Cover and Start Next Block before Tool Length

Sensor Cover is Fully Close

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
This M code is for shortening machining times.
Closes tool Length sensor cover without waiting for DEN and returns FIN
immediately.
Use M1918 and M1917 in a pair always.

M1920 Interlock Release Mode OFF at Tool Measurement Unit Cover Open Close
□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / H2J

□ Explanation
Interlock is enabled at tool measurement unit cover open close.

M1921 Interlock Release Mode ON at Tool Measurement Unit Cover Open Close
□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010 / H2J

□ Explanation
Interlock is disabled at tool measurement unit cover open close.
If emergency stop switch or reset button is pushed, this mode is released.

M1922 PTIM Power OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
VTS Power OFF

No.0584J-1405EN 2-201
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1923 PTIM Power ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
VTS Power ON

M1924 PTIM command

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
VTS command

M1925 Image Tool Measure shutter close

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Image Tool Measure shutter close

M1926 Image Tool Measure shutter open

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Image Tool Measure shutter open

M1930 CNC initiative message transmission

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / GF

□ Program
M1930;

□ Explanation
This M code for in the measurement function.

M1931 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1932 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

2-202 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1933 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1934 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M1939 Measuring Probe Device Select

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / A66E-5XD / A99E / A100E

Specification
□ Explanation
Select Measuring Probe Device.

M1940 Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Function: Get Imaging Data

□ Machine Type
D500 / T1

□ Explanation
Get imaging data of tool shape automatically recognition function.

M1941 Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Function: Imaging Disable Mode OFF
□ Machine Type
D500

□ Explanation
Turn off the imaging disable mode of tool shape automatically recognition
function.

M1942 Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Function: Imaging Disable Mode ON

□ Machine Type
D500

□ Explanation
Turn on the imaging disable mode of tool shape automatically recognition
function.

M1943 Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Function: Reset Request

□ Machine Type
D500 / T1

□ Explanation
Reset the system of tool shape automatically recognition.
Argument S0 or None: System is not rebooted.
Argument S1: Sysytem is rebooted.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-203
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M1945 Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Function: calibration

□ Machine Type
D500 / T1

□ Explanation
Calibration sequence of the tool shape automatically recognition is done.

M2000 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2001 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2002 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2003 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2004 3D Crash Avoidance Mode Record & Off

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
3D Crash Avoidance Mode Record & Off

□ Program Example
M2004;

M2005 3D Crash Avoidance Mode Resume

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
3D Crash Avoidance Mode Resume

□ Program Example
M2005;

2-204 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2006 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2007 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2008 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation

Specification
The customer cannot use it.

M2009 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2010 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2011 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2012 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2013 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-205
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2014 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2015 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2016 VP Control Enable

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Enables the VP Control.

M2017 VP Control Disable

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
Disables the VP Control.

M2018 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2020 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2021 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

2-206 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2022 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2023 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2024 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation

Specification
The customer cannot use it.

M2025 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2026 VP Control Magnification Enable (Rotation Axis)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
The VP control for rotational axis is enabled.

□ Program Example
M2026;

M2027 VP Control Magnification Disable (Rotation Axis)

□ Machine Type
Machines other than following.
E33 / S33 / S56 / F3 / F5 / F8 / F9

□ Explanation
The VP control for rotational axis is disabled.

□ Program Example
M2027;

No.0584J-1405EN 2-207
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2035 Vibration Control(AST4) Enable

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Program
M2035;

□ Explanation
Enable the vibration avoidance control (AST4).

M2036 Vibration Control(AST4) Disable

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Program
M2036;

□ Explanation
Disable the vibration avoidance control (AST4).

M2037 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2038 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
a51 / a51nx / G5 / a61 / a61RX / a61nx / G7 / BH50 / a71 / a81 / a82 / a81nx /
a92 / MAG1 / MAG3 / T4 / T2 / T1 / A7 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2039 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
T4 / A4 / A8 / A12 / A20

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2040 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

2-208 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2041 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2044 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2046 Blum Macro Mode OFF

□ Machine Type
V22 / MAG3

□ Explanation

Specification
Blum Macro Mode Off.

M2047 Blum Macro Mode ON

□ Machine Type
V22 / MAG3

□ Explanation
Blum Macro Mode On.

M2050 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2051 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2052 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2060 Internal use M code

2-210 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2073 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
EG3010

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2074 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
EG3010

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2075 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
EG3010

M2081 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2100 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2101 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2200 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2201 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2202 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2203 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2204 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

2-212 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2205 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2206 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2207 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation

Specification
The customer cannot use it.

M2209 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2210 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2211 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2212 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-213
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2300 SPIN TABLE Revolution Speed

□ Machine Type
V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Specify SPIN TABLE speed, reference and index action.

□ Program Example
M2300 Snnn; or
M2300 Snnn T0; CW (nnn:speed)
M2300 Snnn T1; CCW(nnn:speed)
M2300 T2; Index
M2300 T3; Reference

M2301 SPIN TABLE Start

□ Machine Type
V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
SPIN TABLE spinning start specified by M2300.

□ Program Example
M2301;

M2302 SPIN TABLE Stop

□ Machine Type
V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
SPIN TABLE spinning stop.

□ Program Example
M2302;

M2303 Gap Cycle Start

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Program
M2303 S Cycle No. ; T Part No. ;

□ Explanation
Start gap cycle.

M2304 Gap Cycle Finish

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Finish gap cycle.

2-214 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2305 Internal use M code

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
The customer cannot use it.

M2310 Utility function signal OFF

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Utility function signal OFF

M2311 Utility function signal ON

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation

Specification
Utility function signal ON

M2312 Utility function signal check

□ Machine Type
All Machine Type

□ Explanation
Utility function signal check

M2320 INPROCESS GAUGE Measuring Cycle Start

□ Machine Type
V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
INPROCESS GAUGE measuring cycle start

□ Program Example
M2320 Spp Tcc; (S:Cycle No., T:Part No.)

M2321 INPROCESS GAUGE Automatic Zero Cycle Start

□ Machine Type
V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
INPROCESS GAUGE auto zero cycle start.

□ Program Example
M2321 Spp Tcc; (S:Cycle No., T:Part No.)

No.0584J-1405EN 2-215
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2322 INPROCESS GAUGE Measuring Head Retraction

□ Machine Type
V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
INPROCESS GAUGE outer / inner measuring head retraction air control
solenoid SL3115.SL3116 ON/OFF.

□ Program Example
M2322 S0; (SL3115,SL3116 both OFF)
M2322 S1; (SL3115 ON)
M2322 S2; (SL3116 ON)

M2323 INPROCESS GAUGE Get Measuring Data

□ Machine Type
V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Get INPROCESS GAUGE measuring data to common macro variable #100.

□ Program Example
M2323

M2324 INPROCESS GAUGE Manual Mode

□ Machine Type
V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Set INPROCESS GAUGE to manual mode.

□ Program Example
M2324

M2340 Rotary Dresser Control

□ Machine Type
V77 / V99 / FB127 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Rotary Dresser High Speed / Low Speed control solenoid SL3114.SL3113
ON/OFF.

□ Program Example
M2340 S0; (SL3114,SL3113 both OFF)
M2340 S1; (SL3113 ON)
M2340 S2; (SL3114 ON)

2-216 No.0584J-1405EN
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2341 Rotary Dresser CW/CCW

□ Machine Type
V22 / V33 / V33i / V33hyper / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 /
D500 / D800Z / Ga2 / GF / EG3010

□ Explanation
Control rotary dresser CW/CCW/STOP.

□ Program Example
M2341 S0; (Rotary Dresser Stop)
M2341 S1; (Rotary Dresser CW)
M2341 S2; (Rotary Dresser CCW)

M2342 Set Rotary Dresser Speed

□ Program

Specification
M2342 S Rotary Dresser Speed ;

□ Explanation
Set rotary dresser speed.

M2343 AE Sensor Enable

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / GF /
EG3010

□ Explanation
Enable AE Sensor

M2344 AE Sensor Disable

□ Machine Type
V33i / V56 / V56i / V77 / V99 / FB127 / iQ300 / D300 / D500 / D800Z / GF /
EG3010

□ Explanation
Disable AE Sensor

M2345 Set Millturn Data

□ Machine Type
V22

□ Explanation
Set Millturn function value(Tool Corner Radius, Tool Tip Radius).
Macro Variable #100: Tool Corner Radius
Macro Variable #101: Tool Tip Radius

M2346 Preparations for Millturn

□ Machine Type
V22

□ Explanation
Start Millturn function.

No.0584J-1405EN 2-217
Specification of M Codes
Specification

M2347 Wait for preparation finish for Millturn

□ Machine Type
V22

□ Explanation
Wait for preparation finish for Millturn.

2-218 No.0584J-1405EN
Index

3. Ｉｎｄｅｘ

Index

No.0584J-1405EN 3-1
Index

Index

AAC Splashguard Open & AAC Advance

························································· 2-61
3
AAC Step Advance ···························· 2-116

3D Crash Avoidance Mode Off ·········· 2-174 AAC Step Retract······························· 2-115

3D Crash Avoidance Mode On ·········· 2-174 AC (AST3) OFF ································· 2-181

3D Crash Avoidance Mode Record & Off AC (AST3) ON ··································· 2-181

······················································· 2-204 AC Coefficient 100%, SL Coefficient 200%

3D Crash Avoidance Mode Resume ························································· 2-14

······················································· 2-204 AC Mode OFF ······································ 2-42

3D Crash Avoidance Relation Setting AC Mode Off (Built in AST) ················ 2-173

Change ·········································· 2-174 AC Mode ON ······································· 2-42

AC Mode On (Built in AST) ················ 2-173

AC/SL Data Temporary Alteration Mode

4
OFF·················································· 2-12

4th Axis Clamp······································· 2-4 AC/SL Data Temporary Alteration Mode

4th Axis Mirror Image ON ······················ 2-5 ON ··················································· 2-12

4th Axis Unclamp ··································· 2-4 Active Damping Function OFF ··········· 2-158

Active Damping Function ON············· 2-158

Additional Nozzle Coolant ON ··········· 2-126

5
AE Sensor Disable ····························· 2-217

5-axis Composition Change Request AE Sensor Enable······························ 2-217

······················································· 2-156 Air Blow ON ································2-4, 2-131

5th Axis Clamp······································· 2-5 Air Cut Mode OFF ······························ 2-120

5th Axis Mirror Image ON ···················· 2-36 Air Cut Mode ON································ 2-120

5th Axis Unclamp ··································· 2-5 Air OFF on table································· 2-192

Air ON on table ·································· 2-192

Air Spindle Air OFF ···························· 2-161

6
Air Spindle Air ON ······························ 2-162

6th Axis Clamp····································· 2-30 Air Spindle Pressure 1 ······················· 2-162

6th Axis Mirror Image ON ···················· 2-36 Air Spindle Pressure 2 ······················· 2-162

6th Axis Unclamp ································· 2-31 Air Spindle Pressure 3 ······················· 2-163

Air Spindle Pressure 4 ······················· 2-163

Air Spindle Running Start··················· 2-169

A
Angle Head Coolant ON ···················· 2-138

AAC Retract & AAC Splashguard Close Angle Head Support Advance ·············· 2-64

························································· 2-61

3-2 No.0584J-1405EN
Index

Angle Head Support Pin Cleaning Air ON Attachment Change End ····················· 2-65

······················································ 2-139 Attachment Change Start ···················· 2-61

Angle Head Support Retract ··············· 2-64 Attachment Lubrication Off ················ 2-141

Angle Plate/Table/RWH/SG Cleaning Attachment Lubrication On ················ 2-141

Coolant OFF ································· 2-125 Attachment No. Output to Macro (#100)

Angle Plate/Table/RWH/SG Cleaning ························································ 2-82

Coolant ON ··································· 2-126 Attachment Spindle Mode ··················· 2-39

APC (AWC,WPM) Shutter/Operator Door Auto End with NG Workpiece

Close ··············································· 2-27 Measurement Result ····················· 2-149

APC (AWC,WPM) Shutter/Operator Door Auto Front Door Close······················· 2-119

Open ··············································· 2-26 Auto Front Door Open ······················· 2-119

APC Prohibition Mode OFF··············· 2-124 Auto Measuring Approach Mode ········· 2-26

APC Prohibition Mode ON ················ 2-124 Auto Measuring Rapid Mode ··············· 2-26

AST Playback Function OFF············· 2-169 Auto Reject Mode OFF (Workpiece Not

AST Playback Function ON ·············· 2-170 Unloaded at Alarm) ························· 2-14

AST Recording Function Continue Auto Reject Mode ON (M52 Mode Cancel)

······················································ 2-169 ························································ 2-14

AST Recording Function Pause ········ 2-169 Auto Tool Length Measuring Mode ······· 2-8

AST3 Study Function Off ·················· 2-168 Auto Workpiece Measurement / Pallet

AST3 Study Function On ·················· 2-168 Unload ··············································· 2-9

AST4 Override Synchronization Control Auto Workpiece Measurement / Spare

Index
OFF ··············································· 2-172 Tool Call ············································ 2-8

AST4 Override Synchronization Control Auto Workpiece Measuring Mode ········· 2-8

ON················································· 2-172 Automatic Tool Change

ATC & B Axis Simultaneous Operation ···································· 2-3, 2-122, 2-123

······················································ 2-121 Aux Unit Stop Disable at Special

ATC & B Axis Simultaneous Operation Machining ······································ 2-184

End Check ···································· 2-121 Aux Unit Stop Enable at Special Machining

ATC Prohibition Mode OFF ··············· 2-119 ······················································ 2-184

ATC Prohibition Mode ON················· 2-119 AWC index ········································ 2-119

ATC Shutter / Cover Close················ 2-119 AWC Index Work Selection Command

ATC Shutter / Cover Open ················ 2-120 ······················································ 2-118

ATC Shutter Close ···························· 2-119 Axis Brake Off ··································· 2-162

ATC Shutter Open····························· 2-120 Axis Brake On ··································· 2-162

ATCBTS Check ··································· 2-45 Axis Retract Position at ATC ············· 2-118

ATCBTS Check Action ························ 2-45 Axis Rotational Speed Setting of SV

ATCBTS Operation Mode Specified Revolution Control ························· 2-172

························································ 2-73

ATCBTS Retracted ····························· 2-45

No.0584J-1405EN 3-3
Index

Chuck Cleaning Coolant OFF ············ 2-136

B
Chuck Cleaning Coolant ON ·············· 2-137

Clamp Confirmation (NC Index) ··········· 2-63

Base Coolant OFF ····························· 2-132
Clamp Ignore Mode OFF ··················· 2-166
Base Coolant ON ······························· 2-131
Clamp Ignore Mode ON ····················· 2-167
Base Coolant Pause ·························· 2-191
Clamper Advance ································ 2-60
BIG PLUS Holder Mode······················· 2-38
Clamper Retract ··································· 2-59
Block Skip 2 ON··································· 2-37
Cleaning Air OFF ································· 2-29
Block Skip 2 to 9 OFF ·························· 2-37
Cleaning Air ON ··································· 2-30
Block Skip 3 ON··································· 2-37
Cleaning Telescopic-Cover Coolant ON
Block Skip 4 ON··································· 2-37
······················································· 2-131
Block Skip 5 ON··································· 2-38
Clear Program Restart Position Judgment
Block Skip 6 ON··································· 2-38
Data Memory ································· 2-185
Block Skip 7 ON··································· 2-38
Close Tool Length Sensor Cover and Start
Block Skip 8 ON··································· 2-38
Next Block before Tool Length Sensor
Block Skip 9 ON··································· 2-38
Cover is Fully Close ······················· 2-201
Blum Bore Gauge Start··········· 2-150, 2-151
CNC initiative message transmission
Blum Macro Mode OFF ····················· 2-209
······················································· 2-202
Blum Macro Mode ON ······················· 2-209
Confirmation of Spindle Rotation While
Broken Tool Sensor Check ···················· 2-6
Cutting Disable ······························ 2-187
BT Holder Mode··································· 2-38
Confirmation of Spindle Rotation While
BTS Arm Advance, Tool Length Sensor
Cutting Disable Release ················ 2-187
Cover Open ······································· 2-5
Coolant Amount Set to Large ············· 2-132
BTS Arm Retract, Tool Length Sensor
Coolant Amount Set to Standard ······· 2-132
Cover Close ······································· 2-6
Coolant OFF ·······························2-4, 2-137
BTS LS300 OFF Check ······················· 2-72
Coolant Pause Release ····················· 2-141
Buzzer OFF ········································· 2-44
Coolant Pressure Setting 1 ················ 2-128
Buzzer ON ··········································· 2-44
Coolant Pressure Setting 2 ················ 2-128

Coolant Pressure Setting 3 ················ 2-129

C
Coolant Pressure Setting 4 ················ 2-129

Count Disable OFF ······························ 2-41

Central Coolant Pause Mode ············· 2-135
Count Disable ON ································ 2-41
Change Workpiece Selection Command
Count Sum of Machined Parts ············· 2-41
······················································· 2-118
Cs Axis Contouring Mode OFF ············ 2-59
Chopping Start ··································· 2-154
Cs Axis Contouring Mode ON ·············· 2-59
Chopping Stop ··································· 2-154
Custom Macro Interruption Invalid
Chuck Air Blow OFF ·························· 2-194
························································· 2-25
Chuck Air Blow ON ···························· 2-194
Custom Macro Interruption Valid·········· 2-25
Chuck Cleaning Air OFF ···················· 2-137
Cut Type Change Request ················ 2-158
Chuck Cleaning Air ON······················ 2-137

3-4 No.0584J-1405EN
Index

Cutting Condition Auto Select ··········· 2-152 DynaVision mode change ················· 2-198

Cutting Feed Override Disable ············ 2-14 DynaVision result output ··················· 2-198

Cutting Feed Override Enable ············· 2-14

Cutting Override Limitation·················· 2-40

E
Cutting Surface Cleaning Air OFF

······················································ 2-133 Eco Mode ·········································· 2-181

Cutting Surface Cleaning Air ON ······ 2-133 Electric attachment spindle connector

cover close ···································· 2-165

Electric attachment spindle connector

D
cover open ···································· 2-165

Direct Spare Tool Change··················· 2-30 Electric attachment spindle positive start

Direct Spare Tool Change Mode Check ······················································ 2-165

························································ 2-30 Electric attachment spindle proofreading

Direct Spare Tool Change Mode OFF ······················································ 2-166

························································ 2-30 Electric attachment spindle reverse start

Direct Spare Tool Change Mode ON ······················································ 2-165

························································ 2-30 Electric attachment spindle speed set

Disable IAC ········································· 2-40 ······················································ 2-165

Ditch processing mode OFF ············· 2-154 Electric attachment spindle stop ········ 2-166

Ditch processing mode ON ··············· 2-154 Enable IAC ··········· 2-39, 2-40, 2-153, 2-154

Draw Bar Probe Advance···················· 2-60 End of Machining Program and Repeat

Index
Draw Bar Probe Retract ······················ 2-60 ·························································· 2-8

Drawing Pump OFF ·························· 2-138 End of Program ····································· 2-2

Drawing Pump ON ···························· 2-138 Extend Stroke Change Signal OFF ····· 2-49
Dresser Air OFF ································ 2-196 Extend Stroke Change Signal ON ······· 2-50

Dresser Air ON ·································· 2-196

Dresser Coolant OFF ························ 2-190

F
Dresser Coolant ON ·························· 2-190

Dresser Forward ································· 2-60 Fairing OFF ······································· 2-157

Dresser Mist OFF ······························ 2-196 Fairing ON ········································· 2-157

Dresser Mist ON································ 2-196 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller (By

Dresser Reverse ································· 2-61 Temperature) Differential Temperature

Dresser Speed ······················· 2-173, 2-217 Control Data Output

Dresser Stop ···························· 2-60, 2-217 ······················································ 2-165

Dry Run OFF······································· 2-41 Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller (By

Dry Run ON ········································ 2-41 Temperature) Differential Temperature

DynaVision all reset ·························· 2-199 Control Mode OFF

DynaVision level change ··················· 2-198 ······················································ 2-164

DynaVision measurement start ········· 2-198

No.0584J-1405EN 3-5
Index

Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller (By Flush Coolant in Machining Chamber ON2-194

Temperature) Differential Temperature FT Function OFF·································· 2-31

Control Mode ON FT Function ON ··································· 2-31

······················································· 2-164

Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller

G
Differential Temperature Control Data

Output ············································ 2-164 Gap Cycle Finish································ 2-214

Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller Gap Cycle Start·································· 2-214

Differential Temperature Control Mode Get Probe Displacement ···················· 2-142

OFF ··············································· 2-163 Get Skip Position ······························· 2-142

Feed Axis Additional Oil Controller GI Initial Mode ······································ 2-49

Differential Temperature Control Mode GI/Super-GI Extra Super-High Accuracy

ON ················································· 2-163 Mode ················································ 2-47

Feed Axis Lower Load Detection Function GI/Super-GI Flat Surface Mode ··········· 2-47

OFF ··············································· 2-182 GI/Super-GI High Accuracy Mode

Feed Axis Lower Load Detection Function ················································2-46, 2-47

ON ················································· 2-183 GI/Super-GI High Accuracy Mode for

Feed Axis Oil Controller Pause ·········· 2-164 Contouring with Rotary Axes ··········· 2-47

Feed rate Override 100% or Less ········ 2-35 GI/Super-GI High Performance Mode

Fewer Amount of Mist Air (MQL) ······· 2-140 ················································2-46, 2-48

First Block Skip OFF ···························· 2-37 GI/Super-GI High Performance Mode for

First Block Skip ON······························ 2-37 Contouring with Rotary Axes ··········· 2-48

First Block Skip Return ························ 2-37 GI/Super-GI Hybrid Mode ···················· 2-48

First Use Check Request ····················· 2-97 GI/Super-GI Radical Mode··················· 2-47
Flange Cleaning Air ON ····················· 2-134 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Accuracy Mode

Flexible Synchronize 1 Disable ·········· 2-135 ······································ 2-46, 2-48, 2-49

Flexible Synchronize 1 Enable ·········· 2-135 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Accuracy Mode for

Flexible Synchronize 2 Disable ·········· 2-136 Contouring with Rotary Axes

Flexible Synchronize 2 Enable ·········· 2-136 ························································· 2-48

Flexible Synchronize 3 Disable ·········· 2-136 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Performance for

Flexible Synchronize 3 Enable ·········· 2-136 Contouring With Rotary Axes Mode

Flexible Synchronize 4 Disable ·········· 2-136 ························································· 2-49

Flexible Synchronize 4 Enable ·········· 2-136 GI/Super-GI Ultra High Performance Mode

Flexible Synchronize Auto Phase ························································· 2-48

Adjustment····································· 2-160 Gravity Axis Lifting Up Function Off

Floating M Code Change Prohibition Mode ························································· 2-43

OFF ················································· 2-50 Gravity Axis Lifting Up Function On

Floating M Code Change Prohibition Mode ························································· 2-43

ON ··················································· 2-51 Grinding Nozzle Advance ·················· 2-134

3-6 No.0584J-1405EN
Index

Grinding Nozzle Retract ···················· 2-134 Inch / Metric Input Check End ············· 2-34

Inch Input Check ································· 2-34

Increase Air OFF (MQL) ···················· 2-140

H
Increase Air ON (MQL)······················ 2-140

High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller Index Table Pallet······························ 2-125

A Axis Control Temperature Output Index Table Reverse ····························· 2-5

······················································ 2-168 Individual Pallet Loading

High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller ·········· 2-110, 2-111, 2-112, 2-113, 2-114

C Axis Control Temperature Output Individual Pallet Unloading

······················································ 2-168 ··········································· 2-114, 2-115

High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller Inner Chip Conveyor Speed Setting

Differential Temperature Control Mode ······················································ 2-139

OFF ··············································· 2-167 INPROCESS GAUGE Automatic Zero

High Accuracy A and C Axes Oil Controller Cycle Start····································· 2-215

Differential Temperature Control Mode INPROCESS GAUGE Get Measuring

ON················································· 2-167 Data··············································· 2-216

High Speed Counter Type Tool INPROCESS GAUGE Manual Mode

Measurement ································ 2-153 ······················································ 2-216

INPROCESS GAUGE Measuring Cycle

Start··············································· 2-215
I
INPROCESS GAUGE Measuring Head

Index
Image Tool Measure shutter close Retraction ······································ 2-216

······················································ 2-202 In-process Measuring M-Code ·········· 2-197

Image Tool Measure shutter open Interlock Release Mode OFF at Tool
······················································ 2-202 Measurement Unit Cover Open Close

Image Tool Measure Tool Cleaning Air ······················································ 2-201

OFF ··············································· 2-153 Interlock Release Mode ON at Tool

Image Tool Measure Tool Cleaning Air ON Measurement Unit Cover Open Close

······················································ 2-153 ······················································ 2-201

Image type tool measurement cleaning air Internal Conveyor OFF ······················ 2-129

off ·················································· 2-199 Internal Conveyor ON························ 2-129

Image type tool measurement cleaning air Internal use M code

on ·················································· 2-199 2-24, 2-106, 2-107, 2-118, 2-124, 2-140,

Image type tool measurement error 2-141, 2-153, 2-154, 2-155, 2-156,

reset(DynaVision)·························· 2-200 2-157, 2-159, 2-160, 2-177, 2-199,

IMM Cleaning Air OFF ··········· 2-130, 2-131 2-200, 2-202, 2-203, 2-204, 2-205,

IMM Cleaning Air OFF Mode ············ 2-131 2-206, 2-207, 2-208, 2-209, 2-210,

IMM Cleaning Air ON ············· 2-130, 2-131 2-211, 2-212, 2-213, 2-215

IMM Cleaning Air ON Mode ·············· 2-131

No.0584J-1405EN 3-7
Index

Machined Piece Count ······················· 2-144

J
Machining Finish Information ··············· 2-51

Machining Result Record Start ············ 2-44

JIG Cleaning Air OFF ························ 2-193
Machining Result Record Stop ············ 2-43
JIG Cleaning Air ON ·························· 2-193
Machining Signal OFF ························· 2-80
JIG Coolant Off ·································· 2-192
Machining Signal ON ··························· 2-80
JIG Coolant On ·································· 2-192
Machining Workpiece Confirm ··········· 2-120

Macro Variable (#100) Read ················ 2-82

L
Macro Variable Output Group Data Output

························································· 2-51
Lighting OFF ······································ 2-129
Macro Variable Output Group Data Setting
Lighting ON········································ 2-129
························································· 2-52
Linear Gauge Type(Absolute Scale) Tool
Macro Variables Reading Request to MOS
Measurement································· 2-151
························································· 2-84

Main Spindle Mode ······························ 2-39

M
MC alarm generation of image type tool

measurement ································· 2-200

M Code for AAC··································· 2-61
Measuring Head Alarm Check ··········· 2-143
M Code for ATC
Measuring Head Cleaning Air ON
2-101, 2-102, 2-121, 2-122, 2-150,
······················································· 2-130
2-189
Measuring Probe Device Select ········· 2-203
M Code for JIG Interface
Measuring Probe Power OFF ············ 2-152
···································2-99, 2-100, 2-101
Measuring Probe Power OFF & Check
M Code for Special User I/O Interface
······················································· 2-152
······················2-103, 2-104, 2-105, 2-106
Measuring Probe Power ON ·············· 2-152
M Code for Through Spindle Coolant
Measuring Probe Power ON & Check
Pressure Change ··························· 2-191
······················································· 2-152
M Code to Generate Alarm ················ 2-141
Message Output Function ···················· 2-73
M1914 Completion Check ················· 2-200
Metallic Cutting Mode OFF ·················· 2-83
M1918 Completion Check ················· 2-201
Metallic Cutting Mode ON ···················· 2-83
M303 or M304 Completion (Spindle
Metric Input Check ······························· 2-33
Speed) Check ·································· 2-52
Mirror Image OFF ·································· 2-7
M920, M921 Data Incremental Mode
Mist Blow ON ······································· 2-66
······················································· 2-147
Mist Collector OFF ····························· 2-126
Machine Data File Save······················· 2-52
Mist Collector ON ······························· 2-126
Machine Data Output to Macro Variable
Mist Pressure Set to High (MQL) ······· 2-133
························································· 2-84
Mist Pressure Set to Standard (MQL)
Machine Table Pallet 1 Check ············· 2-69
······················································· 2-133
Machine Table Pallet 2 Check ············· 2-71

Machine Table Pallet Check End ········· 2-72

3-8 No.0584J-1405EN
Index

Mode OFF for Collision Safe Guard Open Tool Length Sensor Cover and Start

······················································ 2-175 Next Block before Tool Length Sensor

Mode ON for Collision Safe Guard Cover is Fully Open ······················· 2-201

······················································ 2-175 Optional Stop ········································ 2-2

Movable Step Advance ····················· 2-184 Output Machine Condition to Macro

Movable Step Retract························ 2-184 Variable ··········································· 2-36

MP7 Measuring Head Check ············ 2-149 Output of External Work Zero Offset in

Multi Spindle to Macro Variable

······················································ 2-161
N
Overhead Shower Coolant Intermittent

Next Tool No. Output to Macro ··········· 2-83 Operation ······································ 2-192

Next Tool Pot No. Output to Macro Overhead Shower Coolant OFF ········ 2-127

······················································ 2-149 Overhead Shower Coolant ON············ 2-29

Non Contact Type Measurement Device Override for Tool OFF ························· 2-35

Zero Set ········································ 2-150 Override for Tool ON ··························· 2-35

Non Contact Type Spindle Measurement Override Limitation Release ················ 2-40

························································ 2-49

Nozzle Coolant OFF·························· 2-140

P
Nozzle Coolant ON ······························· 2-4

Nozzle Coolant Push Out Air ············ 2-196 Pallet (Workpiece) Load to Transport

Device ··········································· 2-188

Index
Pallet (Workpiece) Unload from Transport
O
Device ··········································· 2-188

Oil Amount Set to Large (MQL) ········· 2-133 Pallet 1 Load Check ···························· 2-26
Oil Amount Set to Shot Frequency(MQL) Pallet 2 Load Check ···························· 2-28

······················································ 2-195 Pallet Change

Oil Amount Set to Small (MQL) ········· 2-133 2-18, 2-19, 2-20, 2-21, 2-22, 2-23, 2-24,

Oil Amount Set to Standard (MQL) 2-26

······················································ 2-133 Pallet Clamp ······································ 2-124

Oil Controller OFF ······························· 2-56 Pallet No. Output to Macro ·················· 2-81

Oil Controller ON ································· 2-56 Pallet Ready Not Checked at M60 ······ 2-24

Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant Off ············ 2-193 Pallet Seating Check ··························· 2-72

Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant On ············ 2-193 Pallet Unclamp ·································· 2-124

Oil Skimmer OFF ······························ 2-130 Point Cleaning Air Off ························ 2-190

Oil Skimmer ON ································ 2-130 Point Cleaning Air On ························ 2-190

Open APC Shutter and Start Next Block Point Cleaning Water Off··················· 2-189

before Shutter is Fully Open ········· 2-120 Point Cleaning Water On··················· 2-190

Open ATC Shutter and Start Next Block Positioning Function in High Accuracy

before Shutter is Fully Open ··········· 2-98 OFF ··············································· 2-170

No.0584J-1405EN 3-9
Index

Positioning Function in High Accuracy ON

Q
······················································· 2-170

Pre-Clamp (NC Index) ························· 2-62

Quadrant Glitch Fine Tuning Mode
Pre-Measurement Spindle Rotation
Change ············································ 2-35
························································· 2-56

Pre-Orientation & Coolant Stop

R
················································ 2-57, 2-58

Preparations for High Accuracy Machining

Radical Mode Calculation ·················· 2-142
······················································· 2-156
Rak rak checker Auto/Manual Select
Preparations for High Accuracy Machining
······················································· 2-148
(Accuracy Check) ·························· 2-156
Rak rak checker End·························· 2-148
Preparations for Millturn····················· 2-217
Rapid Feed Speed Limitation Mode
Pre-Unclamp (NC Index) ····················· 2-62
Setting·············································· 2-39
Print-out Mode Output ························· 2-81
Rapid Override Limitation ···················· 2-39
Prior Tool Check ·································· 2-10
Rapid Override Switch Check Function Off
Program Number Notice ···················· 2-120
························································· 2-43
Program Restart Disable ··················· 2-160
Rapid Override Switch Check Function On·
Program Restart Enable ···················· 2-160
························································· 2-43
Program Search··································· 2-32
Record Spindle Status & Stop ············· 2-54
Program Stop ········································ 2-2
Recover Coolant ·························2-54, 2-56
Programmable Coolant Nozzle OFF
Recover Coolant and Spindle ·············· 2-54
······················································· 2-138
Release Base Coolant Pause ············ 2-191
Programmable Coolant Nozzle ON
Release Central Coolant Pause Mode
························································· 2-29
······················································· 2-135
Programmable Load Monitor Function Off
Release Feed Axis Oil Controller Pause
······················································· 2-178
······················································· 2-164
Programmable Load Monitor Function On
Resume Spindle··································· 2-55
(Specifying Alarm Load) ················ 2-180
Return to Main Program······················· 2-29
Programmable Load Monitor Function On
Right Side Door Close ························· 2-27
(Specifying Data No.)····················· 2-179
Right Side Door Open ·························· 2-27
Project File Load for Collision Safe Guard
Rigid Tap Mode ON ····························· 2-36
······················································· 2-176
Ring Sensor Monitor Mode OFF ········ 2-148
Project File Save for Collision Safe Guard
Ring Sensor Monitor Mode ON ·········· 2-148
······················································· 2-176
Room Washing Air Off ······················· 2-193
PTIM command ································· 2-202
Room Washing Air On ······················· 2-193
PTIM Power OFF ······························· 2-201
Rotary Axis Coordinate Calculation
PTIM Power ON································· 2-202
Function ········································· 2-153

Rotary Dresser Control ······················ 2-216

Rotary Dresser CW/CCW ·················· 2-217

3-10 No.0584J-1405EN
Index

Rotate Spindle CCW and Start Next Block Signal Lamp 2 ON with No Ready Pallet

before Spindle Reaches Specified ························································ 2-25

Speed·············································· 2-53 Signal Lamp 2 Unconditional ON ········ 2-73

Rotate Spindle CW and Start Next Block Signal Lamp OFF ······························ 2-178

before Spindle Reaches Specified Signal light effective mode OFF ·········· 2-50

Speed·············································· 2-53 Signal light effective mode ON ············ 2-50

Rotation axes compensation of TCP OFF··· Skip Signal Check for Tool Length

······················································ 2-155 Measuring ····································· 2-153

Rotation axes compensation of TCP ON SL and AC Coefficient 0% ··················· 2-13

······················································ 2-155 SL Coefficient Setting 125%················ 2-12

SL Coefficient Setting 150%················ 2-13

SL Coefficient Setting 200%················ 2-13

S
SL Lower Limit Coefficient Setting 0%

Scratch Prevention Function OFF ························································ 2-13

······················································ 2-157 SL Lower Limit Coefficient Setting 125%

Scratch Prevention Function ON ······· 2-157 ························································ 2-13

Second Measuring Unit Cover Close SL Lower Limit Mode OFF ·················· 2-50

······················································ 2-152 SL Lower Limit Mode ON ···················· 2-50

Second Measuring Unit Cover Open SL Mode Off (Built in AST) ················ 2-173

······················································ 2-152 SL Mode On (Built in AST) ················ 2-173

Set alarm load of tool contact detection SL Upper Mode OFF ··························· 2-44

Index
······················································ 2-186 SL Upper Mode ON ····························· 2-44

Set contact load of tool contact detection Smooth control of Tool Center Point

······················································ 2-185 Control ON ···································· 2-157

Set M198 folder································· 2-159 Smooth control of tool posture control OFF

Set Millturn Data································ 2-217 ······················································ 2-155

Set NC Parameter for Angle Head Smooth control of tool posture control ON

······················································ 2-189 ······················································ 2-155

Set Parameters for Spatial Cam Machining SPIN TABLE Revolution Speed ········ 2-214

Function ········································ 2-159 SPIN TABLE Start ····························· 2-214

Set Rotary Dresser Speed ················ 2-217 SPIN TABLE Stop ····························· 2-214

Setting of External Work Zero Offset in Spindle Air Low Pressure OFF ·········· 2-173

Multi Spindle ································· 2-161 Spindle Air Low Pressure ON············ 2-173

Setting Tool Magazine No. used in Tool Spindle Attachment Dismount Check

Data Registration Mode ·················· 2-79 ························································ 2-62

Signal Lamp 1 ON with No Ready Pallet Spindle Attachment Mount Check ······· 2-61

························································ 2-25 Spindle Load/Vibration Record Disable

Signal Lamp 1 Unconditional ON ········ 2-73 ······················································ 2-170

No.0584J-1405EN 3-11
Index

Spindle Load/Vibration Record Enable Spindle Unlock ····································· 2-59

······················································· 2-170 Spindle Upper Nozzle Coolant ON

Spindle Lock ········································ 2-59 ······················································· 2-130

Spindle Monitor Record Mode Off········ 2-68 Standard Amount of Mist Air (MQL)

Spindle Monitor Record mode On········ 2-68 ······················································· 2-140

Spindle Nose Nozzle Coolant Off ······ 2-135 Step Advance ···································· 2-116

Spindle Nose Nozzle Coolant On ······ 2-135 Step Retract ······································· 2-115

Spindle Orientation at Externally Specified Stocker Pallet 1 Lock ························· 2-188

Angle ··············································· 2-57 Stocker Pallet 1 Unlock ······················ 2-188

Spindle Orientation Stop ························ 2-6 Stocker Pallet 2 Lock ························· 2-189

Spindle Reverse Orientation at Externally Stocker Pallet 2 Unlock ······················ 2-189

Specified Angle ································ 2-60 Stop Block Cleaning Air Off ··············· 2-192

Spindle Rotation for Alignment ············ 2-56 Stop Block Cleaning Air On ··············· 2-193

Spindle Rotation for Measuring ··········· 2-58 Stop Coolant & Record ························ 2-55

Spindle Speed Limitation Disable at Stop Coolant and Spindle & Record

Spindle Idling ································· 2-163 ························································· 2-53

Spindle Speed Limitation Enable at Stop Coolant before Axis Positioning is

Spindle Idling ································· 2-163 Completed ····································· 2-126

Spindle Speed Output to Macro ··········· 2-80 Store Program Restart Position Judgment

Spindle Speed Override Disable ·········· 2-18 Data ··············································· 2-185

Spindle Speed Override Enable ·········· 2-18 Strong Clamp Mode OFF ··················· 2-166

Spindle Start in CCW Direction ·············· 2-3 Strong Clamp Mode ON····················· 2-166

Spindle Start in CW Direction ················ 2-3 Study Mode OFF·································· 2-43

Spindle Stop ·········································· 2-3 Study Mode ON ··································· 2-43

Spindle Switch ··································· 2-169 Stylus Cleaning Air OFF ···················· 2-126

Spindle Tool Clamp ····························· 2-65 Stylus Cleaning Air ON ······················ 2-126

Spindle Tool Exist Coherent Check Sub Program Call································· 2-29

······················································· 2-123 Subprogram Call from External I/O Device

Spindle Tool No. 0 Output to Macro ························································· 2-41

························································· 2-82 SV Revolution Control Axis Start in CCW

Spindle Tool No. Output to Macro········ 2-81 Direction········································· 2-171

Spindle Tool Pot No. Output to Macro SV Revolution Control Axis Start in CW

······················································· 2-149 Direction········································· 2-171

Spindle Tool Unclamp·························· 2-65 SV Revolution Control Axis Stop········ 2-172

Spindle Tool Unclamp Preparation SV Revolution Control Mode OFF

························································· 2-65 ······················································· 2-171

Spindle Tool Unloading··········· 2-123, 2-124 SV Revolution Control Mode ON ······· 2-171

Spindle Tool Unloading & Loading

······················································· 2-124

3-12 No.0584J-1405EN
Index

TL Mode ON········································ 2-44

T
Tool Cleaning Air 2 ON ····················· 2-139

Tool Cleaning Air OFF············ 2-132, 2-137

Table Dresser Solenoid Start ·············· 2-63
Tool Cleaning Air ON ············· 2-132, 2-137
Table Dresser Solenoid Stop ·············· 2-63
Tool Cleaning Air/Coolant OFF ········· 2-137
Table Oil Air Supply Start ·················· 2-172
Tool Cleaning Air/Coolant ON ··········· 2-137
Table Side JIG Clamp ························· 2-99
Tool Cleaning Coolant OFF
Table Side JIG Neutral ························ 2-98
··········································· 2-137, 2-196
Table Side JIG Unclamp ····················· 2-99
Tool Cleaning Coolant ON ····· 2-137, 2-196
Table Side Work Seating Confirm ······· 2-99
Tool Cleaning Nozzle Advance ········· 2-138
Tailstock Advance ······························· 2-97
Tool Cleaning Nozzle Retract············ 2-138
Tailstock Position Advance ················· 2-97
Tool contact detection mode OFF ····· 2-186
Tailstock Position Retract···················· 2-97
Tool contact detection mode ON ······· 2-187
Tailstock Pressure Change ················· 2-64
Tool Cutter No. Setting ························ 2-79
Tailstock Retract ································· 2-96
Tool Data BT Flag Check ···················· 2-72
Tap Oil Mist/Jet Mode ON ····················· 2-7
Tool Data Delete Mode ON ················· 2-28
Telescopic-Cover Coolant & Base Coolant
Tool Data Register Mode (Type1) ······· 2-74
OFF ··············································· 2-131
Tool Data Register Mode (Type2) ······· 2-78
Telescopic-Cover Coolant OFF ········· 2-131
Tool Data Register Mode OFF ············ 2-11
Terrace Cleaning Coolant OFF ········· 2-139
Tool Data Update Check for Collision Safe
Terrace Cleaning Coolant ON ··········· 2-139
Guard ············································ 2-176

Index
Through Spindle Air ON ······················ 2-25
Tool length comparison ····················· 2-177
Through Spindle Coolant Off Without
Tool Length Measurement Data Read
Remove········································· 2-134
······················································ 2-145
Through Spindle Coolant ON ················ 2-7
Tool Length Measuring Calibration
Through Spindle Coolant Output
······················································ 2-141
Frequency Fixation OFF ··············· 2-194
Tool Length Measuring Mode Setting
Through Spindle Coolant Output
······················································ 2-143
Frequency Fixation ON ················· 2-194
Tool Length Sensor Unit Circuit Check
Through Spindle Mist ON ···················· 2-66
················································· 2-8, 2-13
Through Spindle Oil Amount Set to Large
Tool Machining Finish ························· 2-52
(MQL) ············································ 2-134
Tool Measuring Laser OFF ················· 2-63
Through Spindle Oil Amount Set to Small
Tool Measuring Laser ON ··················· 2-64
(MQL) ············································ 2-134
Tool Measuring Sensor X-Axis Direction
Through Spindle Oil Amount Set to
························································ 2-45
Standard (MQL) ···························· 2-134
Tool Measuring Sensor Y-Axis Direction
Through Tool Air ON ····························· 2-7
························································ 2-45
Through Tool Coolant ON ··················· 2-29
Tool No. Register Mode ······················ 2-16
TL Alarm Suspension Mode ON ········· 2-83
Tool Offset Data File Output·············· 2-178
TL Mode OFF······································ 2-44

No.0584J-1405EN 3-13
Index

Tool Offset Data Transfer Command Upper Nozzle Air ON ························· 2-195

·············································· 2-15, 2-159 User Coolant OFF ······························ 2-190

Tool Offset Data Transfer Command for User Coolant ON································ 2-191

Composite Tool······························ 2-159 Utility function signal check ················ 2-215

Tool Offset Negative Value Register Mode Utility function signal OFF ·················· 2-215

························································· 2-15 Utility function signal ON ···················· 2-215

Tool Pre-check for Collision Safe Guard

······················································· 2-177
V
Tool Radius Measurement Data Read

······················································· 2-146 Vacuum Device OFF···························· 2-69

Tool Run Out Measurement ················ 2-80 Vacuum Device ON ····························· 2-69

Tool Run Out Measurement Base Data Vacuum Pipe Valve Off (Pipe OPEN)

Registration ····································· 2-80 ······················································· 2-125

Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Vacuum Pipe Valve On (Pipe CLOSE)

Function: calibration······················· 2-204 ······················································· 2-125

Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Vacuum Pump Off································ 2-68

Function: Get Imaging Data ··········· 2-203 Vacuum Pump On································ 2-68

Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Vacuum Suction OFF··························· 2-64

Function: Imaging Disable Mode OFF Vacuum Suction ON ···························· 2-64

······················································· 2-203 Vibration Control(AST4) Disable ········ 2-208

Tool Shape Automatically Recognition Vibration Control(AST4) Enable ········· 2-208

Function: Imaging Disable Mode ON VP Control Disable····························· 2-206

······················································· 2-203 VP Control Enable ····························· 2-206

Tool Shape Automatically Recognition VP Control Magnification Disable (Rotation

Function: Reset Request ··············· 2-203 Axis) ··············································· 2-207

Tool Shape Setting for 3D Crash VP Control Magnification Enable (Rotation

Avoidance ······································ 2-174 Axis) ··············································· 2-207

Travel Limit Invalid ····························· 2-117

Travel Limit Valid ······························· 2-117

W
TSC Drain Circuit Cleaning Air On

······················································· 2-195 Wait for preparation finish for Millturn

······················································· 2-218

Washing Robot Coolant OFF ··············· 2-98

U
Washing Robot Coolant ON················· 2-98

U Axis Emergency Mode ON ··············· 2-32 Washing Robot Forced End ················· 2-98

U Axis Mode OFF ································ 2-31 Washing Robot Reference Position

U Axis Mode ON ·································· 2-31 Confirmation ···································· 2-98

Unconditional Power Out ······················· 2-7 Washing Robot Start ···························· 2-97

Upper Nozzle Air OFF ······················· 2-195 Washing Robot Stop ···························· 2-97

3-14 No.0584J-1405EN
Index

Whetstone Change OFF ··················· 2-161 Write NC Parameter ···························· 2-40

Whetstone Change ON ····················· 2-161 WSS Pallet (Workpiece) Loading ······ 2-108

Work Chuck Clamp ··························· 2-107 WSS Pallet (Workpiece) Unloading

Work Chuck Unclamp ······················· 2-107 ··········································· 2-108, 2-109

Work Clamp ····························· 2-99, 2-125

Work Clamp Check Mode OFF ········· 2-125

X
Work Clamp Check Mode ON ··········· 2-125

Work Data Register Mode ··················· 2-67 X Axis Cover Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant

Work information output ······················ 2-62 OFF ··············································· 2-194

Work Tension OFF ···························· 2-181 X Axis Cover Oil Pan Cleaning Coolant ON

Work Tension ON······························ 2-181 ······················································ 2-194

Work Unclamp ···································· 2-99 X axis Mirror Image Off ······················· 2-42

Workpiece Automatic Measuring X axis Mirror Image On ······················· 2-42

Calibration ····································· 2-142 X Axis Mirror Image ON ························ 2-6

Workpiece Automatic Measuring Mode

Cancel ··········································· 2-142

Y
Workpiece Change···························· 2-116

Workpiece Forward Start ·················· 2-127 Y axis Mirror Image Off ······················· 2-42

Workpiece Load ································ 2-117 Y axis Mirror Image On ······················· 2-42

Workpiece Origin Offset Fitting for Y Axis Mirror Image ON ························ 2-6

Collision Safe Guard ····················· 2-176

Index
Workpiece Reverse Start ·················· 2-127
Z
Workpiece Rotation Mode ················· 2-132

Workpiece Rotation Stop ·················· 2-127 Z Axis Cleaning Air OFF···················· 2-195
Workpiece Size Check for Collision Safe Z Axis Cleaning Air ON ····················· 2-195

Guard ············································ 2-177 Z Axis Collision Avoidance Setting

Workpiece Speed Set ······················· 2-128 ······················································ 2-175

Workpiece Unload ····························· 2-117

No.0584J-1405EN 3-15
Appendix

4. Appendix

Appendix

No.0584J-1405EN 4-1
Appendix

4.1 History of M Code List

Number Date Contents

0584B-0310 Oct-03 First edition
Addition of new M codes.
0584C-0405 Oct-04 Addition of M codes for V33 Hyper
error correction
Addition of new M codes.
0584D-0506 June-05 Addition of M codes for V22 and MCC series.
error correction
0584E-0611 Nov-06 Addition of new M codes.
0584F-1011EN Nov-10 Addition of new M codes.
Addition of new M codes.
0584G-1111EN Nov-11
error correction
Addition of new M codes.
0584H-1210EN Oct-12
error correction
error correction
0584I-1301EN Jan-13
(M634, M706, M707, M1410, M1411, M1739)
Addition of new M codes.
0584J-1405EN May-14
error correction

4-2 No.0584J-1405EN

Surface Roughness (JIS B 0601-2001)
100% (5)
Surface Roughness (JIS B 0601-2001)
3 pages
Pro-5 M Code List All Models Makinot All Models Makino
100% (6)
Pro-5 M Code List All Models Makinot All Models Makino
115 pages
Mori Seiki G Codes and M Codes
100% (4)
Mori Seiki G Codes and M Codes
9 pages
M Codes
No ratings yet
M Codes
231 pages
Siemens
No ratings yet
Siemens
1,174 pages
MF-MC 4DM-I1EN L01564A02-MAPPS Conversational Programming Manual
No ratings yet
MF-MC 4DM-I1EN L01564A02-MAPPS Conversational Programming Manual
314 pages
Mori Server (English)
No ratings yet
Mori Server (English)
201 pages
Rechargeable Battery Unit
No ratings yet
Rechargeable Battery Unit
24 pages
Deck Maintenance Equipment & Tools
100% (1)
Deck Maintenance Equipment & Tools
28 pages
Tilted Working Plane Command Specifications: FANUC Series 16 FANUC Series 18
100% (1)
Tilted Working Plane Command Specifications: FANUC Series 16 FANUC Series 18
54 pages
Machine Recovery Manual
100% (3)
Machine Recovery Manual
134 pages
Okuma Manuals Osp7000 Special Functions (No 1)
No ratings yet
Okuma Manuals Osp7000 Special Functions (No 1)
238 pages
B-64644EN-3 - 02 FANUC iHMI Set-Up Guidance OPERATOR
No ratings yet
B-64644EN-3 - 02 FANUC iHMI Set-Up Guidance OPERATOR
332 pages
Refrigerated Air Dryer Operation Manual IDF6E-20-X139 IDF6E-20-X141 IDF8E-20-X139
No ratings yet
Refrigerated Air Dryer Operation Manual IDF6E-20-X139 IDF6E-20-X141 IDF8E-20-X139
44 pages
SINUMERIK 808D Electrical Installation 201501 Eng
100% (1)
SINUMERIK 808D Electrical Installation 201501 Eng
48 pages
Lathe Operations
100% (5)
Lathe Operations
40 pages
ATC Rescue Fanuc 0iMC
No ratings yet
ATC Rescue Fanuc 0iMC
6 pages
Serial No. 211716
100% (1)
Serial No. 211716
339 pages
All Safety Inspection Checklists
67% (3)
All Safety Inspection Checklists
30 pages
USER MANUAL FOR I SERIES CONTROLS
No ratings yet
USER MANUAL FOR I SERIES CONTROLS
88 pages
IT6468 0911gb
No ratings yet
IT6468 0911gb
24 pages
25 Most Widely Used Inspection Checklist in Industries
100% (1)
25 Most Widely Used Inspection Checklist in Industries
27 pages
Professional 5 Rapid Feed Speed Limit Function Operation Manual
No ratings yet
Professional 5 Rapid Feed Speed Limit Function Operation Manual
20 pages
Restore Operation ROBODRILL DiA Series
No ratings yet
Restore Operation ROBODRILL DiA Series
15 pages
Turn Mate I Operator's Manual
No ratings yet
Turn Mate I Operator's Manual
322 pages
GI.4 / Super GI.3 / Super GI.4 Control Specifications: Professional 5
No ratings yet
GI.4 / Super GI.3 / Super GI.4 Control Specifications: Professional 5
34 pages
FANUC Series 16i 18i 21i-TATB Outputting Signal Near End Point
100% (1)
FANUC Series 16i 18i 21i-TATB Outputting Signal Near End Point
3 pages
GROB Siemens840D ISO Manual
100% (1)
GROB Siemens840D ISO Manual
251 pages
MA50HB60HBOPERATIONMAINTENANCE
No ratings yet
MA50HB60HBOPERATIONMAINTENANCE
336 pages
Fanuc 0 CNC Identification Sheet
No ratings yet
Fanuc 0 CNC Identification Sheet
1 page
(영문) Operation Manual (Data) REV01 210906
No ratings yet
(영문) Operation Manual (Data) REV01 210906
546 pages
CTX510 - Eco TUE FA V1.1 EN - 000
No ratings yet
CTX510 - Eco TUE FA V1.1 EN - 000
104 pages
Özçelikler Company Presentation
No ratings yet
Özçelikler Company Presentation
34 pages
Makino Milling Machine Libraries (MML) : For Professional A / 3 / 5
No ratings yet
Makino Milling Machine Libraries (MML) : For Professional A / 3 / 5
12 pages
Grinding
100% (3)
Grinding
60 pages
EZGI - Thread Repair Instructions v1
No ratings yet
EZGI - Thread Repair Instructions v1
11 pages
Norton Winter Tool Grinding Cat 2023 Eu LR 0
No ratings yet
Norton Winter Tool Grinding Cat 2023 Eu LR 0
166 pages
Catálogo Curso Mazak
No ratings yet
Catálogo Curso Mazak
107 pages
N VX NV Post Processor Manual Eng
No ratings yet
N VX NV Post Processor Manual Eng
29 pages
12 - System Pomiarowy 1 - ACM-MCMSC-A0E - L14752B01
No ratings yet
12 - System Pomiarowy 1 - ACM-MCMSC-A0E - L14752B01
79 pages
Abrasive
No ratings yet
Abrasive
70 pages
TL494CN
100% (1)
TL494CN
19 pages
H747PB0049E
0% (1)
H747PB0049E
744 pages
Parameters 16i MA
No ratings yet
Parameters 16i MA
363 pages
FANUC 30ia All in One Data Procedure
No ratings yet
FANUC 30ia All in One Data Procedure
14 pages
Adjusting Spindle Orientation ORCM
No ratings yet
Adjusting Spindle Orientation ORCM
2 pages
It-Chipcon C-A1en 5220928
No ratings yet
It-Chipcon C-A1en 5220928
60 pages
MCQ in Machine Design and Shop Practice Part 11 ME Board Exam
No ratings yet
MCQ in Machine Design and Shop Practice Part 11 ME Board Exam
17 pages
Working Guidlines FFU en 2020
No ratings yet
Working Guidlines FFU en 2020
14 pages
IM4 en en-US
No ratings yet
IM4 en en-US
316 pages
Bhel
No ratings yet
Bhel
26 pages
Machining E Book
No ratings yet
Machining E Book
37 pages
Saving and Restoring The PLC: Digital Manuf@cturing Solutions
No ratings yet
Saving and Restoring The PLC: Digital Manuf@cturing Solutions
55 pages
Okuma Scheduled Maintenance
No ratings yet
Okuma Scheduled Maintenance
29 pages
Katalog ANGLICKY
No ratings yet
Katalog ANGLICKY
64 pages
Dremel Manual
No ratings yet
Dremel Manual
76 pages
Procedure Bit Sharpener Machine
No ratings yet
Procedure Bit Sharpener Machine
21 pages
Parts Tray
No ratings yet
Parts Tray
21 pages
23-CNC Programming Setup Operation
No ratings yet
23-CNC Programming Setup Operation
20 pages
DM-F25-/10 - E1-: Direct Drive Servomotor Turrets
No ratings yet
DM-F25-/10 - E1-: Direct Drive Servomotor Turrets
24 pages
Fanuc 15i Alarms
No ratings yet
Fanuc 15i Alarms
17 pages
Brother TC-R2A Diagnosa by NC
No ratings yet
Brother TC-R2A Diagnosa by NC
6 pages
Mori Seiki GM Code
0% (1)
Mori Seiki GM Code
10 pages
Dokumen - Tips - Fanuc 0m Parameter List
No ratings yet
Dokumen - Tips - Fanuc 0m Parameter List
18 pages
Cutting Lubricants
No ratings yet
Cutting Lubricants
35 pages
Guo 2016
No ratings yet
Guo 2016
9 pages
Iso 3875 2020
No ratings yet
Iso 3875 2020
11 pages
Build A: Wave-Edge Deck
No ratings yet
Build A: Wave-Edge Deck
60 pages
M Seals Radial Oil Seals Heavy Duty Shaft Seals V Rings 005028 Vers 6
No ratings yet
M Seals Radial Oil Seals Heavy Duty Shaft Seals V Rings 005028 Vers 6
32 pages
FANUC Series 16i 18i 21i-TATB Direct Input of Offset Value Measured B For 2 Spindle Lathe
No ratings yet
FANUC Series 16i 18i 21i-TATB Direct Input of Offset Value Measured B For 2 Spindle Lathe
14 pages
63523en1 PDF
No ratings yet
63523en1 PDF
2,258 pages
Fanuc Initialize Parameter
100% (1)
Fanuc Initialize Parameter
1 page
840D - OPs and PCUs Hardware Installation PDF
No ratings yet
840D - OPs and PCUs Hardware Installation PDF
544 pages
service-CE - Service - Manual PDF - SV01E NEW - SV01-NH632AP01-01E Adjustment of APC Arm Zero Return Position
No ratings yet
service-CE - Service - Manual PDF - SV01E NEW - SV01-NH632AP01-01E Adjustment of APC Arm Zero Return Position
4 pages
Mori Seiki MH-500-503 Electrical System
No ratings yet
Mori Seiki MH-500-503 Electrical System
7 pages
NADCAP Checklista
No ratings yet
NADCAP Checklista
9 pages
Sheets - Sep 2013
No ratings yet
Sheets - Sep 2013
13 pages
Applications Training For Integrex-100 400MkIII Series Mazatrol Fusion
No ratings yet
Applications Training For Integrex-100 400MkIII Series Mazatrol Fusion
89 pages
Bell Housing Rejection Details
No ratings yet
Bell Housing Rejection Details
1 page
CENTROID Fanuc Retrofit Manual 4-21-14
No ratings yet
CENTROID Fanuc Retrofit Manual 4-21-14
80 pages
Troubleshooting - 108 Tank Is Not Ready - v1.0
No ratings yet
Troubleshooting - 108 Tank Is Not Ready - v1.0
2 pages
Confiden Ial: Servicetechnical Report
No ratings yet
Confiden Ial: Servicetechnical Report
5 pages
M800 M80 C80 Series Alarm Parameter Manual IB1501279 D (ENG)
No ratings yet
M800 M80 C80 Series Alarm Parameter Manual IB1501279 D (ENG)
680 pages
U588SP10183E
No ratings yet
U588SP10183E
20 pages
Brochure HFS 104 NC
No ratings yet
Brochure HFS 104 NC
2 pages
U588SB0150E
No ratings yet
U588SB0150E
28 pages
Dental Bur and Function
No ratings yet
Dental Bur and Function
3 pages
The Procedure For Setting Dogless Homes For VCN COMMONALITY
No ratings yet
The Procedure For Setting Dogless Homes For VCN COMMONALITY
9 pages
Comec Depliant RV516
No ratings yet
Comec Depliant RV516
4 pages
Tool Life Pumas
No ratings yet
Tool Life Pumas
3 pages
Descrição Opcionais Fanuc 160 MB
No ratings yet
Descrição Opcionais Fanuc 160 MB
10 pages
System Variables For 0i
No ratings yet
System Variables For 0i
17 pages
Ordering Handbook.: Fagor CNC 8055
No ratings yet
Ordering Handbook.: Fagor CNC 8055
12 pages
FANUC F0i-D Spec E-13 Specifications
No ratings yet
FANUC F0i-D Spec E-13 Specifications
14 pages
20100716172219667
No ratings yet
20100716172219667
6 pages
YCM XV Series
No ratings yet
YCM XV Series
12 pages
MazaCAM Info
No ratings yet
MazaCAM Info
3 pages
Siemens Operator Manuel
No ratings yet
Siemens Operator Manuel
64 pages

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.